]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 | 81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
0c03f52d | 82 | #include "wx/msw/private/keyboard.h" |
888dde65 | 83 | #include "wx/msw/dcclient.h" |
0c589ad0 | 84 | |
750b78ba | 85 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 86 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
87 | #endif |
88 | ||
789295bf VZ |
89 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
90 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
91 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
92 | ||
7ee21e3a VZ |
93 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
94 | #include "wx/radiobox.h" | |
95 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
96 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
97 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
98 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
99 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
100 | ||
d9317fd4 | 101 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 102 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 103 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 104 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
105 | #include <string.h> |
106 | ||
d61c1a6f | 107 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
108 | #include <shellapi.h> |
109 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
110 | #endif |
111 | ||
112 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 113 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
114 | #endif |
115 | ||
7f0586ef | 116 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 117 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
118 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
119 | #include <windows.h> | |
120 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
121 | #include <ole2.h> | |
122 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
123 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
124 | #endif |
125 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
126 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
127 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
128 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
129 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
130 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
131 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
132 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
133 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
134 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
135 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
136 | #endif | |
137 | ||
21487550 VZ |
138 | // define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them |
139 | #ifndef AW_CENTER | |
140 | #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001 | |
141 | #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002 | |
142 | #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004 | |
143 | #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008 | |
144 | #define AW_CENTER 0x00000010 | |
145 | #define AW_HIDE 0x00010000 | |
146 | #define AW_ACTIVATE 0x00020000 | |
147 | #define AW_SLIDE 0x00040000 | |
148 | #define AW_BLEND 0x00080000 | |
149 | #endif | |
150 | ||
aafb9978 | 151 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
152 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
153 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
154 | ||
c358ea41 VZ |
155 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
156 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
157 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
158 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
159 | #else | |
160 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
161 | #endif | |
162 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
163 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
164 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
165 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
166 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
167 | #endif | |
168 | ||
7095bd60 VZ |
169 | #ifndef MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR |
170 | #define MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR 2 | |
171 | #endif | |
172 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 173 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 174 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 175 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 176 | |
1950edc3 RR |
177 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
178 | extern wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
179 | #endif | |
180 | ||
a3b89fa9 VZ |
181 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
182 | // This is a hack used by the owner-drawn wxButton implementation to ensure | |
183 | // that the brush used for erasing its background is correctly aligned with the | |
184 | // control. | |
bb60690d | 185 | wxWindowMSW *wxWindowBeingErased = NULL; |
a3b89fa9 VZ |
186 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME |
187 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
188 | namespace |
189 | { | |
190 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
191 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
192 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
bec9bf3e | 193 | bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 194 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
195 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
196 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
bec9bf3e | 197 | struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
198 | { |
199 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
200 | wxPoint pos; | |
201 | ||
202 | // last mouse event type | |
203 | wxEventType type; | |
204 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
205 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
206 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
207 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
208 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
209 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
210 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
211 | ||
bec9bf3e | 212 | MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; |
5acec112 | 213 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
214 | // hash containing all our windows, it uses HWND keys and wxWindow* values |
215 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(HWND, wxWindow *, | |
216 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
217 | WindowHandles); | |
218 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
219 | WindowHandles gs_windowHandles; |
220 | ||
221 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
222 | ||
223 | // temporary override for WM_ERASEBKGND processing: we don't store this in | |
224 | // wxWindow itself as we don't need it during most of the time so don't | |
225 | // increase the size of all window objects unnecessarily | |
226 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxWindow *, wxWindow *, | |
227 | wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, | |
228 | EraseBgHooks); | |
229 | ||
230 | EraseBgHooks gs_eraseBgHooks; | |
231 | ||
232 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
233 | ||
982bc2e4 VZ |
234 | // If this variable is strictly positive, EVT_CHAR_HOOK is not generated for |
235 | // Escape key presses as it can't be intercepted because it's needed by some | |
236 | // currently shown window, e.g. IME entry. | |
237 | // | |
238 | // This is currently global as we allow using UI from the main thread only | |
239 | // anyhow but could be replaced with a thread-specific value in the future if | |
240 | // needed. | |
241 | int gs_modalEntryWindowCount = 0; | |
242 | ||
bec9bf3e | 243 | } // anonymous namespace |
dca0f651 | 244 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
245 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
246 | // private functions | |
247 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
248 | ||
249 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 250 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 251 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 252 | |
42e69d6b | 253 | |
4b6a582b | 254 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 255 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
4b6a582b | 256 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 257 | |
1e6feb95 | 258 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 259 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 | 260 | |
f6bcfd97 | 261 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
262 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
263 | ||
42b1fb63 | 264 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 265 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
266 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
267 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 268 | |
c48926e1 | 269 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 270 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
271 | { |
272 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
273 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
274 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
275 | ||
276 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
277 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 278 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
279 | |
280 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 281 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 282 | { |
9a83f860 | 283 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 284 | } |
c48926e1 | 285 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 286 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
287 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
288 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
289 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
290 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
291 | { | |
292 | /* | |
293 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
294 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
295 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
296 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
297 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
298 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
299 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
300 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
301 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
302 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 303 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 304 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
305 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
306 | { | |
d66d0500 | 307 | LONG exStyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(parent); |
ee471817 VZ |
308 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
309 | { | |
310 | // force the parent to have this style | |
d66d0500 | 311 | wxSetWindowExStyle(parent, exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); |
ee471817 VZ |
312 | } |
313 | ||
314 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
315 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
316 | } |
317 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
318 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
319 | ||
d6c37f5b VZ |
320 | // GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function |
321 | // instead. | |
322 | // Error originally observed with WinCE, but later using Remote Desktop | |
323 | // to connect to XP. | |
324 | void wxGetCursorPosMSW(POINT* pt) | |
f2325516 | 325 | { |
7d30268c JS |
326 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
327 | { | |
d6c37f5b VZ |
328 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
329 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
330 | #endif | |
7d30268c | 331 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); |
d6c37f5b VZ |
332 | // the coordinates may be negative in multi-monitor systems |
333 | pt->x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos); | |
334 | pt->y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos); | |
7d30268c | 335 | } |
f2325516 | 336 | } |
f2325516 | 337 | |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
338 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
339 | // event tables | |
340 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
341 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
342 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
343 | // method | |
344 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
345 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
28953245 | 346 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
1e6feb95 VZ |
347 | |
348 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 349 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
79099b80 | 350 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 351 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 352 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
353 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
354 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
355 | // =========================================================================== |
356 | // implementation | |
357 | // =========================================================================== | |
358 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
359 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
360 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
361 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
362 | ||
2bda0e17 | 363 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 364 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 365 | { |
1e6feb95 | 366 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 367 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
368 | if ( item ) |
369 | { | |
90e572f1 | 370 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
371 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
372 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
373 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
374 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
375 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
376 | { |
377 | return item; | |
378 | } | |
379 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 380 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 381 | |
222ed1d6 | 382 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
383 | while (current) |
384 | { | |
42e69d6b | 385 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 386 | |
42e69d6b | 387 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 388 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 389 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 390 | |
42e69d6b | 391 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 392 | } |
42e69d6b | 393 | |
2d0a075d | 394 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
395 | } |
396 | ||
397 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 398 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 399 | { |
222ed1d6 | 400 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 401 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 402 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
403 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
404 | ||
2d0a075d | 405 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 406 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 407 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 408 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 409 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
410 | if ( !controlOnly |
411 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
412 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
413 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
414 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 415 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
416 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
417 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
418 | return item; |
419 | else | |
420 | { | |
421 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
422 | return item; | |
423 | } | |
424 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
425 | |
426 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 427 | } |
2d0a075d | 428 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
429 | } |
430 | ||
431 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 432 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 433 | { |
08158721 | 434 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
435 | } |
436 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
437 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
438 | // constructors and such | |
439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
440 | ||
1e6feb95 | 441 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 442 | { |
cc2b7472 | 443 | // MSW specific |
5a403e3f | 444 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
445 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
446 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 447 | |
319fefa9 VZ |
448 | m_hWnd = 0; |
449 | ||
2d0a075d JS |
450 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
451 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 452 | |
f5c1b76c VZ |
453 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
454 | m_hDWP = 0; | |
67644c1d RD |
455 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
456 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
f5c1b76c | 457 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d4f65e3 JS |
458 | |
459 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
460 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
461 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
462 | } |
463 | ||
2bda0e17 | 464 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 465 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 466 | { |
c6212a0c | 467 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
2bda0e17 | 468 | |
2e9f62da | 469 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 470 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 471 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 472 | { |
085ad686 | 473 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
474 | if ( frame ) |
475 | { | |
c5053639 | 476 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 477 | { |
085ad686 | 478 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 479 | } |
4552892f VZ |
480 | |
481 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
482 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
483 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
484 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
485 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
486 | } |
487 | } | |
2e9f62da | 488 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 489 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 490 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 491 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
492 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
493 | DestroyChildren(); | |
494 | ||
cc2b7472 | 495 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 496 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
497 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
498 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
499 | { |
500 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 501 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 502 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 503 | } |
df61c009 | 504 | } |
2bda0e17 | 505 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
506 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
507 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
508 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 509 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
510 | } |
511 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
512 | /* static */ |
513 | const wxChar *wxWindowMSW::MSWGetRegisteredClassName() | |
514 | { | |
9a83f860 | 515 | return wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName(wxT("wxWindow"), COLOR_BTNFACE); |
d9698bd4 VZ |
516 | } |
517 | ||
fd3f686c | 518 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
519 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
520 | wxWindowID id, | |
521 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
522 | const wxSize& size, | |
523 | long style, | |
524 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 525 | { |
08158721 | 526 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 527 | |
8d99be5f | 528 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 529 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 530 | |
fd3f686c | 531 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 532 | |
b2d5a7ee | 533 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 534 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
535 | |
536 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 537 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
538 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
539 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
540 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
541 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 542 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 543 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 544 | |
ff792344 | 545 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
546 | { |
547 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
548 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 549 | |
d9698bd4 VZ |
550 | if ( !MSWCreate(MSWGetRegisteredClassName(), |
551 | NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) | |
45956e37 VZ |
552 | return false; |
553 | ||
554 | InheritAttributes(); | |
555 | ||
556 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
557 | } |
558 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
559 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
560 | // basic operations | |
561 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
562 | ||
1e6feb95 | 563 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 564 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 565 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 566 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
1e6feb95 | 567 | |
4b6a582b | 568 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 569 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 570 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 571 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
572 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
573 | { | |
574 | // was there really an error? | |
575 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
576 | if ( dwRes ) | |
577 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
578 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
579 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
580 | { | |
9a83f860 | 581 | wxLogApiError(wxT("SetFocus"), dwRes); |
5262eb0a | 582 | } |
1e6feb95 | 583 | } |
1e6feb95 | 584 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
585 | } |
586 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
587 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
588 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
589 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
590 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
591 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
592 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
593 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
594 | { | |
595 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
596 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
597 | |
598 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
599 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
600 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
601 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
602 | } |
603 | ||
42e69d6b | 604 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 605 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
606 | { |
607 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
608 | if ( hWnd ) | |
609 | { | |
a2242341 | 610 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
611 | } |
612 | ||
613 | return NULL; | |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 616 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 617 | { |
0826c4d3 VS |
618 | MSWEnableHWND(GetHwnd(), enable); |
619 | } | |
620 | ||
621 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWEnableHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool enable) | |
622 | { | |
623 | if ( !hWnd ) | |
624 | return false; | |
625 | ||
626 | // If disabling focused control, we move focus to the next one, as if the | |
627 | // user pressed Tab. That's because we can't keep focus on a disabled | |
628 | // control, Tab-navigation would stop working then. | |
629 | if ( !enable && ::GetFocus() == hWnd ) | |
630 | Navigate(); | |
631 | ||
a492bccf | 632 | return ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
633 | } |
634 | ||
1e6feb95 | 635 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
636 | { |
637 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 638 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
639 | |
640 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 641 | |
a068160f VZ |
642 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
643 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
644 | // | |
645 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
646 | // foo->Hide(); | |
647 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
648 | // | |
649 | // should work without errors | |
650 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 651 | { |
a068160f | 652 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
653 | } |
654 | ||
89267fe5 VS |
655 | if ( IsFrozen() ) |
656 | { | |
657 | // DoFreeze/DoThaw don't do anything if the window is not shown, so | |
658 | // we have to call them from here now | |
659 | if ( show ) | |
660 | DoFreeze(); | |
661 | else | |
662 | DoThaw(); | |
663 | } | |
664 | ||
08158721 | 665 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
666 | } |
667 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
668 | bool |
669 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
670 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
eed04c99 | 671 | unsigned timeout) |
376d7d97 | 672 | { |
ffa50e73 VZ |
673 | if ( effect == wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE ) |
674 | return Show(show); | |
675 | ||
30443550 VS |
676 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) |
677 | return false; | |
678 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
679 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); |
680 | ||
681 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
682 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
683 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
684 | { | |
9a83f860 | 685 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(wxT("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET); |
376d7d97 VZ |
686 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); |
687 | ||
688 | s_initDone = true; | |
689 | ||
690 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
691 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
692 | } | |
693 | ||
694 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
695 | return Show(show); | |
696 | ||
7157abfb VZ |
697 | // Show() has a side effect of sending a WM_SIZE to the window, which helps |
698 | // ensuring that it's laid out correctly, but AnimateWindow() doesn't do | |
699 | // this so send the event ourselves | |
700 | SendSizeEvent(); | |
701 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
702 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() |
703 | ||
704 | if ( !timeout ) | |
705 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
706 | ||
707 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
eed04c99 | 708 | |
376d7d97 VZ |
709 | switch ( effect ) |
710 | { | |
eed04c99 VS |
711 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT: |
712 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
713 | break; | |
714 | ||
715 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT: | |
716 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
717 | break; | |
718 | ||
719 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP: | |
720 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
721 | break; | |
722 | ||
723 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM: | |
724 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
725 | break; | |
726 | ||
727 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT: | |
728 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
729 | break; | |
730 | ||
731 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT: | |
732 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
733 | break; | |
734 | ||
735 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP: | |
736 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
737 | break; |
738 | ||
eed04c99 VS |
739 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM: |
740 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
376d7d97 VZ |
741 | break; |
742 | ||
743 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
744 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
745 | break; | |
746 | ||
747 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
748 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
749 | break; | |
750 | ||
751 | ||
752 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
9a83f860 | 753 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
754 | return false; |
755 | ||
756 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 757 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown window show effect") ); |
376d7d97 VZ |
758 | return false; |
759 | } | |
760 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
761 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) |
762 | { | |
9a83f860 | 763 | wxLogLastError(wxT("AnimateWindow")); |
376d7d97 VZ |
764 | |
765 | return false; | |
766 | } | |
767 | ||
768 | return true; | |
769 | } | |
770 | ||
42e69d6b | 771 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 772 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 773 | { |
c48926e1 | 774 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
775 | } |
776 | ||
777 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 778 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
779 | { |
780 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
781 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
782 | } | |
783 | ||
94633ad9 | 784 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 785 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 786 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 787 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 788 | { |
1e6feb95 | 789 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 790 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
791 | } |
792 | ||
94633ad9 | 793 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 794 | { |
1e6feb95 | 795 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 796 | { |
9a83f860 | 797 | wxLogLastError(wxT("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 798 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
799 | } |
800 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
801 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
802 | { | |
803 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
dca0f651 | 804 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd) : NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
805 | } |
806 | ||
807 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 808 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
809 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
810 | { | |
811 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 812 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 813 | } |
195896c7 | 814 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
815 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
816 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
817 | { | |
d8df8893 VZ |
818 | // note the use of GetFont() instead of m_font: our own font could have |
819 | // just been reset and in this case we need to change the font used by | |
820 | // the native window to the default for this class, i.e. exactly what | |
821 | // GetFont() returns | |
822 | WXHANDLE hFont = GetFont().GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 823 | |
223d09f6 | 824 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 825 | |
c50f1fb9 | 826 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 827 | } |
2bda0e17 | 828 | |
08158721 | 829 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 830 | } |
fd2eccd1 | 831 | |
1e6feb95 | 832 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 833 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
834 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
835 | { | |
836 | // no change | |
08158721 | 837 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
838 | } |
839 | ||
8e75dca8 | 840 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
841 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) |
842 | return true; | |
843 | ||
844 | if ( m_cursor.IsOk() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 845 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
846 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
847 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
848 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
849 | if ( !set ) | |
850 | { | |
851 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
852 | ||
853 | POINT point; | |
d6c37f5b | 854 | ::wxGetCursorPosMSW(&point); |
a8b2285e VZ |
855 | |
856 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
857 | ||
858 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
859 | } | |
860 | ||
861 | if ( set ) | |
862 | { | |
863 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
864 | } | |
865 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 866 | } |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
867 | else // Invalid cursor: this means reset to the default one. |
868 | { | |
869 | // To revert to the correct cursor we need to find the window currently | |
870 | // under the cursor and ask it to set its cursor itself as only it | |
871 | // knows what it is. | |
872 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 873 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
fd2eccd1 | 874 | |
1df57a24 | 875 | const wxWindowMSW* win = wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y)); |
fd2eccd1 VZ |
876 | if ( !win ) |
877 | win = this; | |
878 | ||
879 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETCURSOR, | |
880 | (WPARAM)GetHwndOf(win), | |
881 | MAKELPARAM(HTCLIENT, WM_MOUSEMOVE)); | |
882 | } | |
3a19e16d | 883 | |
08158721 | 884 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
885 | } |
886 | ||
d7e0024b | 887 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 888 | { |
1e6feb95 | 889 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 890 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
891 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
892 | { | |
9a83f860 | 893 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetCursorPos")); |
1e6feb95 | 894 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
895 | } |
896 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 897 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 898 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 899 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
900 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
901 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
902 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
903 | { | |
904 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 905 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
906 | verMaj >= 5; |
907 | } | |
908 | ||
909 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
910 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
911 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
912 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
913 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
914 | } |
915 | } | |
916 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
917 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
918 | // scrolling stuff | |
919 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 920 | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
921 | namespace |
922 | { | |
923 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
924 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
925 | { | |
926 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
927 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
928 | #else | |
f676b387 | 929 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 930 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 931 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 932 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 933 | |
7f0586ef | 934 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 935 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
936 | #endif |
937 | } | |
938 | ||
1ddb6d28 VZ |
939 | inline UINT WXOrientToSB(int orient) |
940 | { | |
941 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT; | |
942 | } | |
943 | ||
944 | } // anonymous namespace | |
945 | ||
1e6feb95 | 946 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 947 | { |
42e69d6b | 948 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 949 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, wxT("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
9cd6d737 | 950 | |
1ddb6d28 | 951 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient)); |
42e69d6b | 952 | } |
2bda0e17 | 953 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
954 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
955 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 956 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 957 | { |
7f0586ef | 958 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 959 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 960 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 961 | return 0; |
f676b387 | 962 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef | 963 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
1ddb6d28 | 964 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &scrollInfo) ) |
7f0586ef | 965 | { |
f676b387 RD |
966 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
967 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
9a83f860 | 968 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
7f0586ef JS |
969 | } |
970 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
971 | |
972 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
973 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 974 | } |
2bda0e17 | 975 | |
1e6feb95 | 976 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 977 | { |
0cf5de11 | 978 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
979 | } |
980 | ||
1e6feb95 | 981 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 982 | { |
5f3286d1 | 983 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9a83f860 | 984 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); |
72fd19a1 | 985 | |
0cf5de11 | 986 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
987 | info.nPage = 0; |
988 | info.nMin = 0; | |
989 | info.nPos = pos; | |
990 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
991 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
992 | { | |
993 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
994 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
995 | } | |
2d0a075d | 996 | |
1ddb6d28 | 997 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
2bda0e17 KB |
998 | } |
999 | ||
42e69d6b | 1000 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1001 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1002 | int pos, | |
1003 | int pageSize, | |
1004 | int range, | |
1005 | bool refresh) | |
1006 | { | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1007 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1008 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1009 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
1010 | ||
1011 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1012 | if ( !hwnd ) | |
1013 | return; | |
1014 | ||
0cf5de11 | 1015 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1016 | if ( range != -1 ) |
1017 | { | |
1018 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1019 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1020 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
1021 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1022 | ||
f074df34 VZ |
1023 | // We normally also reenable scrollbar in case it had been previously |
1024 | // disabled by specifying SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL below but we should only | |
1025 | // do this if it has valid range, otherwise it would be enabled but not | |
1026 | // do anything. | |
1027 | if ( range >= pageSize ) | |
1028 | { | |
1029 | ::EnableScrollBar(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), ESB_ENABLE_BOTH); | |
1030 | } | |
1ddb6d28 VZ |
1031 | } |
1032 | //else: leave all the fields to be 0 | |
1033 | ||
42e69d6b | 1034 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; |
1ddb6d28 | 1035 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) || range == -1 ) |
a647d42a VZ |
1036 | { |
1037 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1038 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1039 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1040 | |
1ddb6d28 | 1041 | ::SetScrollInfo(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh); |
81d66cf3 JS |
1042 | } |
1043 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1044 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1045 | { |
574c939e KB |
1046 | RECT rect; |
1047 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1048 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1049 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1050 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1051 | pr = ▭ |
1052 | } | |
1053 | else | |
1054 | { | |
1055 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1056 | |
2d0a075d | 1057 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1058 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1059 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1060 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1061 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1062 | #else |
f797e53d | 1063 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1064 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1065 | } |
1066 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1067 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1068 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1069 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1070 | ||
1071 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1072 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1073 | { | |
1074 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1075 | |
1076 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1077 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1078 | { | |
1079 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1080 | break; | |
1081 | } | |
1082 | ||
1083 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1084 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1085 | |
1086 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1087 | } |
1088 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1089 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1090 | { |
1091 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1092 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1093 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1094 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1095 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1096 | } |
1097 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1098 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1099 | { |
1100 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1101 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1102 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1103 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1104 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1105 | } |
1106 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1108 | // RTL support | |
1109 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1110 | ||
1111 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1112 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1113 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1114 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1115 | #else | |
d66d0500 | 1116 | wxCHECK_RET( GetHwnd(), |
9a83f860 | 1117 | wxT("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); |
978af864 | 1118 | |
d66d0500 | 1119 | LONG styleOld = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
978af864 VZ |
1120 | |
1121 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1122 | switch ( dir ) | |
1123 | { | |
1124 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1125 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1126 | break; | |
1127 | ||
1128 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1129 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1130 | break; | |
1131 | ||
1132 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 1133 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported layout direction")); |
978af864 VZ |
1134 | break; |
1135 | } | |
1136 | ||
1137 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1138 | { | |
d66d0500 | 1139 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, styleNew); |
978af864 | 1140 | } |
08a58133 | 1141 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1142 | } |
1143 | ||
1144 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1145 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1146 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1147 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1148 | #else | |
9a83f860 | 1149 | wxCHECK_MSG( GetHwnd(), wxLayout_Default, wxT("invalid window") ); |
978af864 | 1150 | |
d66d0500 VZ |
1151 | return wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) ? wxLayout_RightToLeft |
1152 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1153 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1154 | } |
1155 | ||
1156 | wxCoord | |
1157 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1158 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1159 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1162 | // redo it ourselves | |
1163 | return x; | |
1164 | } | |
1165 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1166 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1167 | // subclassing | |
1168 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1169 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1170 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1171 | { |
223d09f6 | 1172 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1173 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1174 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1175 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1176 | |
e322e3b6 VZ |
1177 | SetHWND(hWnd); |
1178 | ||
c50f1fb9 | 1179 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); |
2bda0e17 | 1180 | |
975b6bcf | 1181 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1182 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1183 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1184 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1185 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1186 | { |
975b6bcf | 1187 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1188 | } |
1189 | else | |
1190 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1191 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1192 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1193 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1194 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1195 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1196 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1197 | |
1198 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1199 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
937013e0 | 1200 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
1201 | } |
1202 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1203 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1204 | { |
42e69d6b | 1205 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1206 | |
42e69d6b | 1207 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1208 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1209 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1210 | { |
ed4780ea | 1211 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1212 | |
223d09f6 | 1213 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1214 | |
b225f659 | 1215 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1216 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1217 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1218 | { |
975b6bcf | 1219 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1220 | } |
1221 | ||
1222 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1223 | } |
42e69d6b | 1224 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1225 | } |
1226 | ||
a4d1972d | 1227 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1228 | { |
1229 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1230 | { | |
1231 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 1232 | { |
ed4780ea | 1233 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
43b2d5e7 | 1234 | } |
ed4780ea | 1235 | } |
a4d1972d | 1236 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1237 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1238 | ||
e322e3b6 | 1239 | // this also calls SetHWND(wxhwnd) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1240 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
1243 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1244 | { |
ed4780ea | 1245 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1246 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1247 | } |
1248 | ||
1249 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1250 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1251 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1252 | { |
d9698bd4 VZ |
1253 | const wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); |
1254 | ||
1255 | // TODO: get rid of wxTLWHiddenParent special case (currently it's not | |
1256 | // registered by wxApp but using ad hoc code in msw/toplevel.cpp); | |
1257 | // there is also a hidden window class used by sockets &c | |
9a83f860 | 1258 | return wxApp::IsRegisteredClassName(str) || str == wxT("wxTLWHiddenParent"); |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1259 | } |
1260 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1261 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1262 | // Style handling | |
1263 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1264 | ||
1265 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1266 | { | |
1267 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1268 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1269 | return; | |
1270 | ||
1271 | // update the internal variable | |
1272 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1273 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1274 | // and the real window flags |
1275 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1276 | } | |
1277 | ||
1278 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1279 | { | |
1280 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1281 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1282 | return; | |
1283 | ||
1284 | // update the internal variable | |
1285 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1286 | ||
1287 | // and the real window flags | |
1288 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1289 | } | |
1290 | ||
1291 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1292 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1293 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1294 | // been already created | |
1295 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1296 | return; | |
1297 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1298 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1299 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1300 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1301 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1302 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1303 | ||
1304 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1305 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1306 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1307 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1308 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1309 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1310 | ||
1311 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1312 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1313 | ||
1314 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1315 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1316 | |
1317 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1318 | { | |
1319 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1320 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1321 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1322 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1323 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1324 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1325 | styleReal |= style; | |
1326 | ||
1327 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1328 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1329 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1330 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1331 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1332 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1333 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1334 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1335 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1336 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1337 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1338 | } |
1339 | ||
1340 | // and the extended style | |
d66d0500 | 1341 | long exstyleReal = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
9ce75461 | 1342 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1343 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1344 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1345 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1346 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1347 | ||
d66d0500 | 1348 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyleReal); |
b2d5a7ee | 1349 | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1350 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1351 | callSWP = true; | |
1352 | } | |
1353 | ||
1354 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1355 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1356 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1357 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1358 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1359 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1360 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1361 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1362 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
58331be2 VZ |
1363 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE | |
1364 | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1365 | { |
9a83f860 | 1366 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos")); |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1367 | } |
1368 | } | |
1369 | } | |
1370 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1371 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1372 | { | |
28319afe | 1373 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1374 | } |
1375 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1376 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1377 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1378 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1379 | } |
1380 | ||
28bf925c | 1381 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value |
dc797d8e JS |
1382 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment |
1383 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1384 | { | |
1385 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1386 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1387 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1388 | else | |
1389 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1390 | #else | |
1391 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1392 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1393 | { | |
1394 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1395 | { | |
1396 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1397 | if (theme) | |
1398 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1399 | } | |
28bf925c | 1400 | return wxBORDER_SUNKEN; |
dc797d8e JS |
1401 | } |
1402 | #endif | |
1403 | return border; | |
1404 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1405 | } |
1406 | ||
1407 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1408 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1409 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1410 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1411 | |
1412 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1413 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1414 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1415 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1416 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1417 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1418 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1419 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1420 | // system option is turned on | |
1421 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1422 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1423 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1424 | |
1425 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1426 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1427 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1428 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1429 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1430 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1431 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1432 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1433 | ||
1434 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1435 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1436 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1437 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1438 | ||
1439 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1440 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1441 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1442 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1443 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1444 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1445 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1446 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1447 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1448 | { | |
1449 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1450 | ||
7f0586ef | 1451 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1452 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1453 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1454 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1455 | |
fe3d9123 | 1456 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1457 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1458 | default: |
1459 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
9a83f860 | 1460 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
78cd9c69 | 1461 | // fall through |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1462 | |
1463 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1464 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1465 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1466 | break; |
1467 | ||
1468 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1469 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1470 | break; | |
1471 | ||
1472 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1473 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1474 | break; |
1475 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1476 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1477 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1478 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1479 | break; |
1480 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1481 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1482 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1483 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1484 | } |
d515c32d | 1485 | |
09168de7 | 1486 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1487 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1488 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1489 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1490 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1491 | { |
1492 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1493 | } | |
09168de7 | 1494 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1495 | } |
1496 | ||
1497 | return style; | |
1498 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1499 | |
42e69d6b | 1500 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1501 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1502 | { |
1503 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1504 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1505 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1506 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1507 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1508 | { | |
1509 | // get the mouse position | |
1510 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 1511 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1512 | |
1513 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1514 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1515 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1516 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1517 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1518 | ||
1519 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1520 | } | |
1521 | ||
e39af974 | 1522 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1523 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1524 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1525 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1526 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1527 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1528 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1529 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1530 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1531 | { |
51e4e266 | 1532 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1533 | } |
1534 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1535 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1536 | |
6a50a2c4 | 1537 | wxWindowBase::OnInternalIdle(); |
42e69d6b | 1538 | } |
568cb543 | 1539 | |
42e69d6b | 1540 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1541 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1542 | { |
1543 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1544 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1545 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1546 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1547 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1548 | |
42e69d6b | 1549 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1550 | |
ee471817 | 1551 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d66d0500 | 1552 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
ee471817 VZ |
1553 | { |
1554 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1555 | } | |
1556 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1557 | ||
08158721 | 1558 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1559 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1560 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1561 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1562 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1563 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1564 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1565 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1566 | } |
1567 | ||
17808a75 | 1568 | void wxWindowMSW::DoFreeze() |
a0e449ff | 1569 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1570 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1571 | return; // no point in freezing hidden window | |
1572 | ||
1573 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1574 | } |
1575 | ||
17808a75 | 1576 | void wxWindowMSW::DoThaw() |
a0e449ff | 1577 | { |
89267fe5 VS |
1578 | if ( !IsShown() ) |
1579 | return; // hidden windows aren't frozen by DoFreeze | |
a1037371 | 1580 | |
89267fe5 VS |
1581 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); |
1582 | ||
1583 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area | |
1584 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1585 | Refresh(); | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1586 | } |
1587 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1588 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1589 | { |
1590 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1591 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1592 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1593 | RECT mswRect; |
1594 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1595 | if ( rect ) |
1596 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1597 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1598 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1599 | } |
1600 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1601 | { |
1602 | pRect = NULL; | |
1603 | } | |
1604 | ||
82e3664e | 1605 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1606 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1607 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1608 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1609 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1610 | ||
1611 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1612 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1613 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1614 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1615 | } |
1616 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1617 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1618 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1619 | { | |
1620 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1621 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1622 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UpdateWindow")); |
1e6feb95 | 1623 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 1624 | |
7f0586ef | 1625 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1626 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1627 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1628 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1629 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1630 | } | |
1631 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1632 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1633 | // drag and drop | |
1634 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1635 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1636 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1637 | ||
1638 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1639 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1640 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1641 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1642 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1643 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1644 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1645 | if ( !parent ) | |
1646 | return; | |
1647 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1648 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1649 | node; | |
1650 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1651 | { | |
1652 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1653 | if ( statbox ) | |
1654 | { | |
1655 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1656 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1657 | } | |
1658 | } | |
1659 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1660 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1661 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1662 | ||
1663 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1664 | { | |
1665 | } | |
1666 | ||
1667 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1668 | ||
1669 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1670 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1671 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1672 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1673 | { |
1674 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1675 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1676 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1677 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1678 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1679 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1680 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1681 | { |
1682 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1683 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1684 | } |
42e69d6b | 1685 | } |
42e69d6b | 1686 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1687 | |
90e572f1 | 1688 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1689 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1690 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1691 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1692 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1693 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1694 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1695 | { |
1696 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1697 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1698 | } |
7f0586ef | 1699 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1700 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1701 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1702 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1703 | // tooltips | |
1704 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1705 | |
42e69d6b | 1706 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1707 | |
1e6feb95 | 1708 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1709 | { |
1710 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1711 | |
42e69d6b | 1712 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1713 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1714 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1715 | |
42e69d6b | 1716 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1717 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1718 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1719 | // moving and resizing | |
1720 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1721 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1722 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1723 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1724 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1725 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || |
1726 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1727 | return true; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1728 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
f7040b5f VZ |
1729 | |
1730 | return false; | |
1731 | } | |
1732 | ||
42e69d6b | 1733 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1734 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1735 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1736 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1737 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1738 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1739 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1740 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1741 | { | |
1742 | if ( x ) | |
1743 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1744 | if ( y ) | |
1745 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1746 | } | |
1747 | else // use current size | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1748 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1749 | { |
1750 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1751 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1752 | if ( x ) |
1753 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1754 | if ( y ) | |
1755 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1756 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1757 | } |
1758 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1759 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1760 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1761 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 1762 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1763 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1764 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1765 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
e259ce57 VZ |
1766 | // |
1767 | // FIXME: Unfortunately this doesn't work correctly for the maximized | |
1768 | // top level windows, the returned values are too small (e.g. | |
1769 | // under Windows 7 on a 1600*1200 screen with task bar on the | |
1770 | // right the pending size for a maximized window is 1538*1200 | |
1771 | // and WM_NCCALCSIZE returns 1528*1172 even though the correct | |
1772 | // client size of such window is 1538*1182). No idea how to fix | |
1773 | // it though, setting WS_MAXIMIZE in GWL_STYLE before calling | |
1774 | // WM_NCCALCSIZE doesn't help and AdjustWindowRectEx() doesn't | |
1775 | // work in this direction neither. So we just have to live with | |
1776 | // the slightly wrong results and relayout the window when it | |
1777 | // gets finally shown in its maximized state (see #11762). | |
dc497201 JG |
1778 | RECT rect; |
1779 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1780 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1781 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1782 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1783 | ||
1784 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1785 | ||
1786 | if ( x ) | |
1787 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1788 | if ( y ) | |
1789 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1790 | } |
0d6fdb3c | 1791 | else |
6bd9b9f2 | 1792 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1793 | { |
1794 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1795 | ||
1796 | if ( x ) | |
1797 | *x = rect.right; | |
1798 | if ( y ) | |
1799 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1800 | } | |
352a7d6c VZ |
1801 | |
1802 | // The size of the client window can't be negative but ::GetClientRect() | |
1803 | // can return negative size for an extremely small (1x1) window with | |
1804 | // borders so ensure that we correct it here as having negative sizes is | |
1805 | // completely unexpected. | |
1806 | if ( x && *x < 0 ) | |
1807 | *x = 0; | |
1808 | if ( y && *y < 0 ) | |
1809 | *y = 0; | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1810 | } |
1811 | ||
1812 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1813 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1814 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1815 | ||
1816 | wxPoint pos; | |
9741fd45 | 1817 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1818 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1819 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1820 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1821 | } |
1822 | else // use current position | |
9741fd45 | 1823 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1824 | { |
1825 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1826 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1827 | POINT point; |
1828 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1829 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1830 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1831 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1832 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1833 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1834 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1835 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1836 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1837 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1838 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1839 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1840 | } | |
1841 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1842 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1843 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1844 | if ( parent ) |
1845 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1846 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1847 | } |
89e3037c | 1848 | } |
42e69d6b | 1849 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1850 | pos.x = point.x; |
1851 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1852 | } | |
1853 | ||
1854 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1855 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1856 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1857 | { | |
1858 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1859 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1860 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1861 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1862 | |
1863 | if ( x ) | |
1864 | *x = pos.x; | |
1865 | if ( y ) | |
1866 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1867 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1868 | |
1e6feb95 | 1869 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1870 | { |
1871 | POINT pt; | |
1872 | if ( x ) | |
1873 | pt.x = *x; | |
1874 | if ( y ) | |
1875 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1876 | |
82c9f85c | 1877 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1878 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1879 | if ( x ) |
1880 | *x = pt.x; | |
1881 | if ( y ) | |
1882 | *y = pt.y; | |
1883 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1884 | |
1e6feb95 | 1885 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1886 | { |
1887 | POINT pt; | |
1888 | if ( x ) | |
1889 | pt.x = *x; | |
1890 | if ( y ) | |
1891 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1892 | |
82c9f85c | 1893 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1894 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1895 | if ( x ) |
1896 | *x = pt.x; | |
1897 | if ( y ) | |
1898 | *y = pt.y; | |
1899 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1900 | |
86e30911 | 1901 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1902 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1903 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1904 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1905 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless |
1906 | // we are a top level window) | |
1907 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1908 | ||
1909 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1910 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1911 | { | |
1912 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1913 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1914 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1915 | { | |
9a83f860 | 1916 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DeferWindowPos")); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1917 | } |
1918 | } | |
1919 | ||
1920 | if ( parent ) | |
1921 | { | |
1922 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1923 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1924 | } | |
1925 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1926 | if ( hdwp ) |
1927 | { | |
1928 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1929 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1930 | return true; | |
1931 | } | |
1932 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1933 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
6bd9b9f2 | 1934 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1935 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1936 | { |
86e30911 | 1937 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1938 | } |
86e30911 | 1939 | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1940 | // if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, |
86e30911 VZ |
1941 | // ignored otherwise |
1942 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1943 | } |
1944 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1945 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1946 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1947 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1948 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1949 | if (width < 0) | |
1950 | width = 0; | |
1951 | if (height < 0) | |
1952 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1953 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1954 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1955 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1956 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 VZ |
1957 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); |
1958 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
f8cba58b VZ |
1959 | } |
1960 | else // window was moved immediately, without deferring it | |
1961 | { | |
1962 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; | |
1963 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
6bd9b9f2 | 1964 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1965 | } |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1966 | } |
1967 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1968 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1969 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1970 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1971 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1972 | // | |
1973 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1974 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1975 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1976 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1977 | { |
4438caf4 | 1978 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1979 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1980 | int currentW, currentH; |
1981 | ||
42e69d6b | 1982 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 1983 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 1984 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
1985 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
1986 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 1987 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
1988 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
1989 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 1990 | { |
e47e063a RR |
1991 | if (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT) |
1992 | { | |
1993 | wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(width,height), GetId() ); | |
1994 | event.SetEventObject( this ); | |
1995 | HandleWindowEvent( event ); | |
1996 | } | |
42e69d6b | 1997 | return; |
4438caf4 | 1998 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1999 | |
422d0ff0 | 2000 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2001 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2002 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2003 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2004 | |
4438caf4 | 2005 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2006 | |
abb74e0f | 2007 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2008 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2009 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2010 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 | 2011 | { |
4329eae9 | 2012 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2013 | width = size.x; |
2014 | } | |
2015 | else | |
2016 | { | |
2017 | // just take the current one | |
2018 | width = currentW; | |
2019 | } | |
2020 | } | |
2021 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2022 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2023 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2024 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2025 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2026 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2027 | { |
4329eae9 | 2028 | size = GetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 | 2029 | } |
4329eae9 | 2030 | //else: already called GetBestSize() above |
a23fd0e1 | 2031 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2032 | height = size.y; |
2033 | } | |
2034 | else | |
2035 | { | |
2036 | // just take the current one | |
2037 | height = currentH; | |
2038 | } | |
2039 | } | |
2040 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2041 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2042 | } |
2043 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2044 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2045 | { |
90e572f1 | 2046 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2047 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2048 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2049 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2050 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2051 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2052 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2053 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2054 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2055 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2056 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2057 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2058 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2059 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2060 | { |
2061 | RECT rectClient; | |
2062 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2063 | |
b0268daf | 2064 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2065 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2066 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2067 | { |
2068 | break; | |
2069 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2070 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2071 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2072 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2073 | // window | |
2074 | RECT rectWin; | |
2075 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2076 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2077 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2078 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2079 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2080 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2081 | // adjust if necessary | |
2082 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2083 | { | |
2084 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2085 | if ( parent ) | |
2086 | { | |
b0268daf | 2087 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2088 | } |
2089 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2090 | |
b0268daf | 2091 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2092 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2093 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2094 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2095 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2096 | rectWin.left, | |
2097 | rectWin.top, | |
2098 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2099 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2100 | TRUE) ) | |
2101 | { | |
9a83f860 | 2102 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
b0268daf | 2103 | } |
d4597e13 | 2104 | } |
42e69d6b | 2105 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2106 | |
743b4266 VZ |
2107 | wxSize wxWindowMSW::DoGetBorderSize() const |
2108 | { | |
2109 | wxCoord border; | |
2110 | switch ( GetBorder() ) | |
2111 | { | |
2112 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
2113 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
2114 | border = 1; | |
2115 | break; | |
2116 | ||
2117 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: | |
2118 | border = 2; | |
2119 | break; | |
2120 | ||
2121 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
2122 | case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: | |
2123 | border = 3; | |
2124 | break; | |
2125 | ||
2126 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 2127 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") ); |
743b4266 VZ |
2128 | // fall through |
2129 | ||
2130 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
2131 | border = 0; | |
2132 | } | |
2133 | ||
2134 | return 2*wxSize(border, border); | |
2135 | } | |
2136 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2137 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2138 | // text metrics | |
2139 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2140 | |
1e6feb95 | 2141 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2142 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2143 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2144 | } |
3eddf563 | 2145 | |
1e6feb95 | 2146 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2147 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2148 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2149 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2150 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2151 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2152 | #else |
2153 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2154 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2155 | } |
f4621a09 | 2156 | |
6de70470 VZ |
2157 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
2158 | int *x, int *y, | |
2159 | int *descent, | |
2160 | int *externalLeading, | |
2161 | const wxFont *fontToUse) const | |
42e69d6b | 2162 | { |
a1b806b9 | 2163 | wxASSERT_MSG( !fontToUse || fontToUse->IsOk(), |
9a83f860 | 2164 | wxT("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); |
634903fd | 2165 | |
e0448413 VZ |
2166 | HFONT hfontToUse; |
2167 | if ( fontToUse ) | |
2168 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(*fontToUse); | |
2d17baae | 2169 | else |
e0448413 | 2170 | hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(GetFont()); |
634903fd | 2171 | |
64869ab7 | 2172 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
e0448413 | 2173 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, hfontToUse); |
341c92a8 | 2174 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2175 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2176 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
e0a050e3 | 2177 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.wx_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2178 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2179 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2180 | if ( x ) |
2181 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2182 | if ( y ) | |
2183 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2184 | if ( descent ) | |
2185 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2186 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2187 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2188 | } |
2189 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2190 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2191 | // popup menu | |
2192 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2193 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2194 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2195 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2196 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2197 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2198 | // | |
2199 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2200 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2201 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2202 | { | |
2203 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2204 | // want to process it here) | |
2205 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2206 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2207 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2208 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2209 | { |
2210 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2211 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2212 | break; | |
2213 | } | |
7de59551 | 2214 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2215 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2216 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2217 | // immediately | |
2218 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2219 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2220 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2221 | } |
2222 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2223 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 | 2224 | { |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2225 | menu->UpdateUI(); |
2226 | ||
473d0f93 | 2227 | wxPoint pt; |
27d2dbbc | 2228 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb | 2229 | { |
473d0f93 VZ |
2230 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
2231 | } | |
2232 | else | |
2233 | { | |
2234 | pt = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
971562cb VS |
2235 | } |
2236 | ||
5cb598ae | 2237 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2238 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2239 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2240 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2241 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2242 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2243 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2244 | // on these systems | |
2245 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2246 | { | |
2247 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2248 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2249 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2250 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2251 | } | |
2252 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2253 | ||
473d0f93 | 2254 | ::TrackPopupMenu(GetHmenuOf(menu), flags, pt.x, pt.y, 0, GetHwnd(), NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2255 | |
90e572f1 | 2256 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2257 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2258 | // | |
2259 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2260 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2261 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2262 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2263 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2264 | ||
08158721 | 2265 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2266 | } |
2267 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2268 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2269 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2270 | // =========================================================================== |
2271 | // pre/post message processing | |
2272 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2273 | |
c140b7e7 | 2274 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 2275 | { |
1afe4f9b | 2276 | WXLRESULT rc; |
42e69d6b | 2277 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
1afe4f9b | 2278 | rc = ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); |
42e69d6b | 2279 | else |
1afe4f9b VZ |
2280 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); |
2281 | ||
2282 | // Special hack used by wxTextEntry auto-completion only: this event is | |
2283 | // sent after the normal keyboard processing so that its handler could use | |
2284 | // the updated contents of the text control, after taking the key that was | |
2285 | // pressed into account. | |
2286 | if ( nMsg == WM_CHAR ) | |
2287 | { | |
2288 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_AFTER_CHAR, wParam, lParam)); | |
2289 | HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
2290 | } | |
2291 | ||
2292 | return rc; | |
42e69d6b | 2293 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2294 | |
1e6feb95 | 2295 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2296 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2297 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2298 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2299 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2300 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2301 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2302 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2303 | |
2304 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2305 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2306 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2307 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2308 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2309 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2310 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2311 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2312 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2313 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2314 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2315 | ||
cbab1556 | 2316 | // surprisingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the |
977f50f3 VZ |
2317 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, |
2318 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2319 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2320 | { |
977f50f3 | 2321 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2322 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2323 | |
08158721 | 2324 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2325 | bWindowChange = false, |
2326 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2327 | |
573a1586 | 2328 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2329 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2330 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2331 | { |
2332 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2333 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2334 | { | |
2335 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2336 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2337 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2338 | else // use it for navigation |
2339 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2340 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2341 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2342 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2343 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2344 | } |
2345 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2346 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2347 | case VK_UP: |
2348 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2349 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2350 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2351 | else |
08158721 | 2352 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2353 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2354 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2355 | case VK_DOWN: |
2356 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2357 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2358 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2359 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2360 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2361 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2362 | bForward = false; | |
2363 | // fall through | |
2364 | ||
2365 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2366 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2367 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2368 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2369 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2370 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2371 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2372 | bWindowChange = true; |
2373 | break; | |
2374 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2375 | case VK_RETURN: |
2376 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2377 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2378 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2379 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2380 | // this window is a button first | |
2381 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2382 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2383 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2384 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2385 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2386 | // just seems to ignore | |
2387 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2388 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2389 | { | |
2390 | // emulate the button click | |
dca0f651 | 2391 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle(msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 | 2392 | } |
319fefa9 | 2393 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2394 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2395 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2396 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2397 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2398 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2399 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2400 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2401 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2402 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2403 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2404 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2405 | ||
0075ea22 | 2406 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2407 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2408 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2409 | { |
2410 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2411 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2412 | // would consume it | |
2413 | return false; | |
2414 | } | |
2415 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2416 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2417 | // the first top level window parent | |
2418 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2419 | break; | |
2420 | ||
2421 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2422 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2423 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2424 | ( | |
2425 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2426 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2427 | 0, | |
2428 | 0 | |
2429 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2430 | } |
2431 | } | |
2432 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2433 | { | |
2434 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2435 | } | |
2436 | ||
2437 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2438 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2439 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2440 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2441 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2442 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2443 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2444 | } |
2445 | ||
2446 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2449 | return true; | |
2450 | } | |
2451 | ||
efaf7865 VZ |
2452 | // This "Return" key press won't be actually used for |
2453 | // navigation so don't generate wxNavigationKeyEvent | |
2454 | // for it but still pass it to IsDialogMessage() as it | |
2455 | // may handle it in some other way (e.g. by playing the | |
2456 | // default error sound). | |
2457 | bProcess = false; | |
2458 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2459 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2460 | |
7b504551 | 2461 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2462 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2463 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2464 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 2465 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2466 | return true; |
2467 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2468 | } |
2469 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2470 | |
42e69d6b | 2471 | default: |
08158721 | 2472 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2473 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2474 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2475 | if ( bProcess ) |
2476 | { | |
2477 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2478 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2479 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2480 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2481 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2482 | |
937013e0 | 2483 | if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2484 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2485 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2486 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2487 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2488 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2489 | |
08158721 | 2490 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2491 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2492 | } |
2493 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2494 | |
98ebf919 | 2495 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2496 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2497 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2498 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2499 | } |
42e69d6b | 2500 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2501 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2502 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2503 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2504 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2505 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2506 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2507 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2508 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2509 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2510 | } |
42e69d6b | 2511 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2512 | |
08158721 | 2513 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2514 | } |
2515 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2516 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2517 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2518 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2519 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2520 | #else |
574c939e | 2521 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2522 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2523 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2524 | } |
2525 | ||
98ebf919 | 2526 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2527 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2528 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2529 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2530 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2531 | ||
2532 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2533 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2534 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2535 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2536 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2537 | { | |
2538 | return false; | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | ||
2541 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2542 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2543 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2544 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2545 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2546 | return true; | |
2547 | ||
2548 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2549 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2550 | ||
2551 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2552 | ||
2553 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2554 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2555 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2556 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2557 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2558 | // | |
2559 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2560 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2561 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2562 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2563 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2564 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | // pessimistic by default | |
2567 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2568 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2569 | node; | |
2570 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2571 | { | |
2572 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2573 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
d66d0500 | 2574 | !wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) |
98ebf919 VZ |
2575 | { |
2576 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2577 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2578 | ||
2579 | break; | |
2580 | } | |
2581 | } | |
2582 | } | |
2583 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2584 | ||
2585 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2586 | { | |
2587 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2588 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2589 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2590 | // this case | |
2591 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2592 | { | |
2593 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2594 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2595 | { | |
2596 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2597 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2598 | ||
2599 | break; | |
2600 | } | |
2601 | ||
2602 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2603 | { | |
2604 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2605 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2606 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2607 | break; | |
2608 | } | |
2609 | ||
2610 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2611 | } | |
2612 | } | |
2613 | ||
2614 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2615 | } |
2616 | ||
42e69d6b | 2617 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2618 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2619 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2620 | |
1e6feb95 | 2621 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2622 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2623 | { | |
2624 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2625 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2626 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2627 | } |
2628 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2629 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2630 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2631 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2632 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2633 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2634 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2635 | } |
2636 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2637 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2638 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2639 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2640 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2641 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2642 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2643 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2644 | |
1e6feb95 | 2645 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2646 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2647 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2648 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2649 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2650 | } |
2651 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2652 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2653 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2654 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2655 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2656 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2657 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2658 | } | |
c085e333 | 2659 | |
42e69d6b | 2660 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2661 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2662 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2663 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2664 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2665 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2666 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2667 | ||
2668 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2669 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2670 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2671 | { | |
2672 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2673 | } | |
2674 | ||
2675 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2676 | { | |
2677 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2678 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2679 | |
2680 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2681 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2682 | { |
4b6a582b VZ |
2683 | // trace all messages: useful for the debugging but noticeably slows down |
2684 | // the code so don't do it by default | |
2685 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 | |
ef787038 VZ |
2686 | // notice that we cast wParam and lParam to long to avoid mismatch with |
2687 | // format specifiers in 64 bit builds where they are both int64 quantities | |
2688 | // | |
2689 | // casting like this loses information, of course, but it shouldn't matter | |
2690 | // much for this diagnostic code and it keeps the code simple | |
5ec3853f | 2691 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", |
dca0f651 | 2692 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%p, wParam=%08lx, lParam=%08lx)"), |
ef787038 | 2693 | wxGetMessageName(message), hWnd, (long)wParam, (long)lParam); |
4b6a582b | 2694 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2bda0e17 | 2695 | |
dca0f651 | 2696 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2697 | |
42e69d6b | 2698 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2699 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2700 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2701 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2702 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2703 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2704 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2705 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2706 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2707 | |
42e69d6b | 2708 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2709 | |
b46b1d59 | 2710 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2711 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2712 | else |
b225f659 | 2713 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2714 | |
42e69d6b | 2715 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2716 | } |
2717 | ||
2e1cee23 VZ |
2718 | bool |
2719 | wxWindowMSW::MSWHandleMessage(WXLRESULT *result, | |
2720 | WXUINT message, | |
2721 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
2722 | WXLPARAM lParam) | |
f7bd2698 | 2723 | { |
42e69d6b | 2724 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2725 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2726 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2727 | // the return value |
2728 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2729 | { |
42e69d6b | 2730 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2731 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2732 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2733 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2734 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2735 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2736 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2737 | |
42e69d6b | 2738 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2739 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2740 | case WM_CREATE: |
2741 | { | |
2742 | bool mayCreate; | |
2743 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2744 | if ( processed ) | |
2745 | { | |
2746 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2747 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2748 | } | |
2749 | } | |
2750 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2751 | |
42e69d6b | 2752 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2753 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2754 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2755 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2756 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2757 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2758 | break; |
2759 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2760 | case WM_SIZE: |
2761 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2762 | break; |
2763 | ||
42e69d6b | 2764 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2765 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2766 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2767 | |
7f0586ef | 2768 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2769 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2770 | { |
2771 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2772 | wxRect rc; | |
2773 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2774 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2775 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2776 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2777 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2778 | if (processed) { | |
2779 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2780 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2781 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2782 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2783 | } | |
2784 | } | |
5706de1c | 2785 | break; |
77211166 | 2786 | |
aa767a45 JS |
2787 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2788 | { | |
2789 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | break; | |
2792 | ||
2793 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2794 | { | |
2795 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2796 | } | |
2797 | break; | |
77211166 | 2798 | |
5706de1c JS |
2799 | case WM_SIZING: |
2800 | { | |
2801 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2802 | wxRect rc; | |
2803 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2804 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2805 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2806 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2807 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2808 | if (processed) { | |
2809 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2810 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2811 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2812 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2813 | } | |
2814 | } | |
2815 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2816 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2817 | |
7f0586ef | 2818 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2819 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2820 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2821 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2822 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2823 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2824 | |
42e69d6b | 2825 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2826 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2827 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2828 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2829 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2830 | ||
2831 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2832 | } |
42e69d6b | 2833 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2834 | |
42e69d6b | 2835 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2836 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2837 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2838 | |
42e69d6b | 2839 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
dca0f651 | 2840 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 2841 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2842 | |
c3732409 | 2843 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2844 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2845 | break; |
2846 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2847 | case WM_PAINT: |
2848 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2849 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2850 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2851 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2852 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2853 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2854 | else // no DC given |
2855 | { | |
2856 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2857 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2858 | break; |
2859 | ||
42e69d6b | 2860 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2861 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2862 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2863 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2864 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2865 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2866 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2867 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2868 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2869 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2870 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2871 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2872 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2873 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2874 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2875 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2876 | |
42e69d6b | 2877 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2878 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2879 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2880 | wParam); | |
2881 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2882 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2883 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2884 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2885 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2886 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2887 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2888 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2889 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2890 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2891 | |
2892 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2893 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2894 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2895 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2896 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2897 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2898 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2899 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2900 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
b9e52a19 | 2901 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_VERTICAL, wParam, lParam); |
d2c52078 | 2902 | break; |
b9e52a19 VZ |
2903 | |
2904 | case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL: | |
2905 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_HORIZONTAL, wParam, lParam); | |
2906 | break; | |
2907 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
d2c52078 | 2908 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2909 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2910 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2911 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2912 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2913 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2914 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2915 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2916 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2917 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2918 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2919 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2920 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2921 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2922 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2923 | { |
98363307 | 2924 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2925 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2926 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2927 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2928 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2929 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2930 | { |
2931 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2932 | { | |
08158721 | 2933 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2934 | break; |
2935 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2936 | |
d0a3d109 | 2937 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2938 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2939 | break; |
2940 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2941 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2942 | if ( processed ) |
2943 | break; | |
2944 | ||
dfafa702 | 2945 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2946 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2947 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2948 | |
42b1fb63 | 2949 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2950 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2951 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2952 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2953 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2954 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2955 | { | |
2956 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2957 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2958 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2959 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2960 | else |
2961 | { | |
2962 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2963 | |
2964 | // this should never happen | |
2965 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
9a83f860 | 2966 | wxT("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); |
9f011847 | 2967 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2968 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2969 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2970 | { | |
2971 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2972 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2973 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2974 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2975 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2976 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2977 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2978 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2979 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2980 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2981 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2982 | { | |
2983 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2984 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2985 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2986 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2987 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2988 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 2989 | if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx)) |
f350d4b2 | 2990 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2991 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2992 | return true; |
2993 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2994 | } |
2995 | } | |
2996 | #endif | |
2997 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
2998 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
2999 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
3000 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
3001 | |
3002 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3003 | |
9f011847 VZ |
3004 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
3005 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
3006 | if ( !processed ) | |
3007 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3008 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
3009 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 3010 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3011 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
3012 | { | |
edc09871 | 3013 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3014 | win->SetFocus(); |
3015 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 3016 | } |
98363307 | 3017 | } |
dfafa702 | 3018 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 3019 | |
cd4453e5 | 3020 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
3021 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
3022 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
3023 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
3024 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
3025 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
3026 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
3027 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
3028 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 | 3029 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
f9aa5235 VZ |
3030 | LOWORD(lParam), |
3031 | HIWORD(lParam), | |
132cb640 | 3032 | wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3033 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3034 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 3035 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3036 | case WM_COMMAND: |
3037 | { | |
3038 | WORD id, cmd; | |
3039 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3040 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 3041 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3042 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
3043 | } | |
3044 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 3045 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3046 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
3047 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
3048 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3049 | |
27005f3a VZ |
3050 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
3051 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
3052 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
3053 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
3054 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
3055 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3056 | { | |
3057 | processed = true; | |
3058 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | break; | |
3061 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3062 | ||
08158721 | 3063 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3064 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b | 3065 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
dca0f651 VZ |
3066 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); |
3067 | if ( processed ) | |
3068 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3069 | break; | |
57a7b7c1 | 3070 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3071 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: |
3072 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3073 | if ( processed ) | |
3074 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
42e69d6b | 3075 | break; |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3076 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3077 | ||
9bf84618 | 3078 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3079 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3080 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3081 | // we always want to get the char events |
3082 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3083 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3084 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3085 | { |
3086 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3087 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3088 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3089 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3090 | } | |
3091 | ||
08158721 | 3092 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3093 | } |
101f488c | 3094 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3095 | break; |
3096 | ||
4004f41e | 3097 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3098 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
b6885972 | 3099 | // Generate the key down event in any case. |
9c7df356 VZ |
3100 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); |
3101 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3102 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3103 | // If it was processed by an event handler, we stop here, |
3104 | // notably we intentionally don't generate char event then. | |
08158721 | 3105 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3106 | } |
b6885972 | 3107 | else // key down event not handled |
42e69d6b | 3108 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
3109 | // Examine the event to decide whether we need to generate a |
3110 | // char event for it ourselves or let Windows do it. Window | |
3111 | // mostly only does it for the keys which produce printable | |
3112 | // characters (although there are exceptions, e.g. VK_ESCAPE or | |
3113 | // VK_BACK (but not VK_DELETE)) while we do it for all keys | |
3114 | // except the modifier ones (the wisdom of this is debatable | |
3115 | // but by now this decision is enshrined forever due to | |
3116 | // backwards compatibility). | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3117 | switch ( wParam ) |
3118 | { | |
b6885972 | 3119 | // No wxEVT_CHAR events are generated for these keys at all. |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3120 | case VK_SHIFT: |
3121 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3122 | case VK_MENU: | |
3123 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3124 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3125 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
2bda0e17 | 3126 | |
b6885972 VZ |
3127 | // Windows will send us WM_CHAR for these ones so we'll |
3128 | // generate wxEVT_CHAR for them later when we get it. | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3129 | case VK_ESCAPE: |
3130 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3131 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3132 | case VK_BACK: | |
3133 | case VK_TAB: | |
3134 | case VK_ADD: | |
3135 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3136 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3137 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
7fd86b21 | 3138 | case VK_DECIMAL: |
3f2174bb VZ |
3139 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3140 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3141 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3142 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3143 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3144 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3145 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3146 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3147 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3148 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3149 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3150 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3151 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3152 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3153 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3154 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3155 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
fc4070fc | 3156 | case VK_OEM_102: |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3157 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: |
3158 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3159 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3160 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
2b5f62a0 | 3161 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3162 | |
42e69d6b | 3163 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3164 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3165 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3166 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3167 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3168 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3169 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3170 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3171 | default: |
b6885972 VZ |
3172 | if ( (wParam >= '0' && wParam <= '9') || |
3173 | (wParam >= 'A' && wParam <= 'Z') ) | |
3174 | { | |
3175 | // We'll get WM_CHAR for those later too. | |
3176 | break; | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | ||
3179 | // But for the rest we won't get WM_CHAR later so we do | |
3180 | // need to generate the event right now. | |
3181 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR); | |
3182 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
3183 | ||
3184 | // Set the "extended" bit in lParam because we want to | |
3185 | // generate CHAR events with WXK_HOME and not | |
3186 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME even if the "Home" key on numpad was | |
3187 | // pressed. | |
0c03f52d | 3188 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
b6885972 VZ |
3189 | ( |
3190 | wParam, | |
3191 | lParam | (KF_EXTENDED << 16) | |
3192 | ); | |
033428a3 VZ |
3193 | |
3194 | // Don't produce events without any valid character | |
3195 | // code (even if this shouldn't normally happen...). | |
3196 | if ( event.m_keyCode != WXK_NONE ) | |
3197 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
2b5f62a0 | 3198 | } |
42e69d6b | 3199 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3200 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3201 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3202 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3203 | |
4004f41e | 3204 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3205 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3206 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3207 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3208 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3209 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3210 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3211 | } |
3212 | else | |
3213 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3214 | { | |
3215 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3216 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3217 | break; |
debe6624 | 3218 | |
170cbe33 | 3219 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3220 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3221 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3222 | { | |
3223 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3224 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3225 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3226 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3227 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3228 | } |
3229 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3230 | { |
b6885972 | 3231 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); |
7de5bdf4 | 3232 | } |
42e69d6b | 3233 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3234 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
3235 | case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION: |
3236 | // IME popup needs Escape as it should undo the changes in its | |
3237 | // entry window instead of e.g. closing the dialog for which the | |
3238 | // IME is used (and losing all the changes in the IME window). | |
3239 | gs_modalEntryWindowCount++; | |
3240 | break; | |
3241 | ||
3242 | case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION: | |
3243 | gs_modalEntryWindowCount--; | |
3244 | break; | |
3245 | ||
5048c832 JS |
3246 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3247 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3248 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3249 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3250 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3251 | |
b65f16da VS |
3252 | case WM_CUT: |
3253 | case WM_COPY: | |
3254 | case WM_PASTE: | |
3255 | processed = HandleClipboardEvent(message); | |
3256 | break; | |
3257 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3258 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3259 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3260 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3261 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3262 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3263 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3264 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3265 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3266 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3267 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3268 | } |
42e69d6b | 3269 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3270 | |
42e69d6b | 3271 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3272 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3273 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3274 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3275 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3276 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3277 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3278 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3279 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3280 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3281 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3282 | WXHDC hdc; |
3283 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3284 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3285 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3286 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3287 | } |
42e69d6b | 3288 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3289 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3290 | |
42e69d6b | 3291 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3292 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3293 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3294 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3295 | |
7f0586ef | 3296 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3297 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3298 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3299 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3300 | #endif |
574c939e | 3301 | |
42e69d6b | 3302 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3303 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND)wParam); |
42e69d6b | 3304 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3305 | |
a5e84126 | 3306 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
dca0f651 | 3307 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND)lParam); |
a5e84126 JS |
3308 | break; |
3309 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3310 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3311 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3312 | break; | |
3313 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3314 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3315 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3316 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3317 | |
42e69d6b | 3318 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
bec9bf3e VZ |
3319 | { |
3320 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3321 | // check if an override was configured for this window | |
3322 | EraseBgHooks::const_iterator it = gs_eraseBgHooks.find(this); | |
3323 | if ( it != gs_eraseBgHooks.end() ) | |
3324 | processed = it->second->MSWEraseBgHook((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3325 | else | |
3326 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
3327 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)wParam); | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3330 | if ( processed ) |
3331 | { | |
3332 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3333 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3336 | |
7f0586ef | 3337 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3338 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3339 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3340 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3341 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3342 | |
42e69d6b | 3343 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
dca0f651 | 3344 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)wParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3345 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3346 | if ( processed ) |
3347 | { | |
3348 | // we never set focus from here | |
3349 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3350 | } | |
3351 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3352 | |
7f0586ef | 3353 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3354 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3355 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3356 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3357 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3358 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3359 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3360 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3361 | |
42e69d6b | 3362 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3363 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3364 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3365 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3366 | |
42e69d6b | 3367 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
dca0f651 | 3368 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)wParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3369 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test |
3370 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3371 | ||
3372 | if ( processed ) | |
3373 | { | |
3374 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3375 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3376 | // just set the cursor. | |
3377 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3378 | } | |
3379 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3380 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3381 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3382 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3383 | { | |
3384 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3385 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3386 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3387 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3388 | { |
3389 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3390 | } | |
3391 | break; | |
3392 | } | |
3393 | #endif | |
3394 | ||
e39af974 | 3395 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3396 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3397 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3398 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3399 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3400 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3401 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3402 | processed = true; | |
3403 | ||
3404 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3405 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3406 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3407 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3408 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3409 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3410 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3411 | ( | |
3412 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3413 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3414 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3415 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3416 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3417 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3418 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3419 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3420 | |
a9c11b71 | 3421 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
937013e0 | 3422 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
7f0586ef | 3423 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3424 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3425 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3426 | { |
3427 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3428 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 3429 | HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3430 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3431 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3432 | else // unknown help event? |
3433 | { | |
3434 | processed = false; | |
3435 | } | |
3436 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3437 | } |
b96340e6 | 3438 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3439 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3440 | |
7f0586ef | 3441 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3442 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3443 | { |
3444 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3445 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3446 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3447 | ||
3448 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3449 | |
3450 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3451 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3452 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
dca0f651 VZ |
3453 | WXHWND hWnd = (WXHWND)wParam; |
3454 | if ( hWnd != m_hWnd ) | |
2d1715aa | 3455 | { |
dca0f651 | 3456 | win = FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
2d1715aa VZ |
3457 | } |
3458 | ||
3459 | if ( !win ) | |
3460 | win = this; | |
3461 | ||
3462 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
937013e0 | 3463 | processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx); |
4cdc2c13 | 3464 | } |
69231000 | 3465 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3466 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3467 | |
53a118d6 | 3468 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3469 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3470 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3471 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3472 | { | |
3473 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3474 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3475 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3476 | { | |
3477 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3478 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3479 | } |
3480 | } | |
3481 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3482 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3483 | |
dbc74bcc | 3484 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3485 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3486 | { | |
3487 | bool vetoed; | |
3488 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3489 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3490 | } | |
3491 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3492 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3493 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3494 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3495 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3496 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3497 | { | |
3498 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3499 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3500 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3501 | { |
3502 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3503 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3504 | processed = true; | |
3505 | ||
e822d1bd VZ |
3506 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a |
3507 | // themed border | |
dca0f651 | 3508 | RECT *rect; |
140d93c0 | 3509 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL; |
dca0f651 | 3510 | if ( wParam ) |
a047aff2 | 3511 | { |
140d93c0 | 3512 | csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *)lParam; |
dca0f651 | 3513 | rect = &csparam->rgrc[0]; |
a047aff2 JS |
3514 | } |
3515 | else | |
3516 | { | |
dca0f651 | 3517 | rect = (RECT *)lParam; |
a047aff2 | 3518 | } |
dca0f651 | 3519 | |
fe545198 | 3520 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3521 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3522 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3523 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 | 3524 | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3525 | if ( theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect |
3526 | ( | |
3527 | hTheme, | |
3528 | GetHdcOf(*impl), | |
3529 | EP_EDITTEXT, | |
3530 | ETS_NORMAL, | |
3531 | rect, | |
3532 | &rcClient) == S_OK ) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3533 | { |
3534 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
140d93c0 JS |
3535 | if (wParam) |
3536 | csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient; | |
3537 | else | |
3538 | *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient; | |
3539 | ||
3540 | // WVR_REDRAW triggers a bug whereby child windows are moved up and left, | |
3541 | // so don't use. | |
3542 | // rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; | |
a047aff2 JS |
3543 | } |
3544 | } | |
3545 | } | |
3546 | break; | |
3547 | ||
3548 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3549 | { | |
3550 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3551 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3552 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3553 | { |
3554 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3555 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3556 | processed = true; | |
3557 | ||
fe545198 | 3558 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
d935b421 | 3559 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
888dde65 | 3560 | wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); |
a047aff2 JS |
3561 | |
3562 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3563 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3564 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3565 | ||
3566 | RECT rcClient; | |
3567 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
888dde65 | 3568 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); |
a047aff2 JS |
3569 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); |
3570 | ||
888dde65 | 3571 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, |
a047aff2 JS |
3572 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); |
3573 | ||
3574 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3575 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3576 | { | |
888dde65 | 3577 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder); |
a047aff2 JS |
3578 | } |
3579 | ||
3580 | // Draw the border | |
3581 | int nState; | |
3582 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3583 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3584 | // should we check this? | |
3585 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3586 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3587 | else | |
3588 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
888dde65 | 3589 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); |
a047aff2 JS |
3590 | } |
3591 | } | |
3592 | break; | |
3593 | ||
3594 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3595 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3596 | default: |
3597 | // try a custom message handler | |
3598 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3599 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3600 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3601 | { | |
3602 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3603 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3604 | } |
2d0a075d | 3605 | |
42e69d6b | 3606 | if ( !processed ) |
2e1cee23 VZ |
3607 | return false; |
3608 | ||
3609 | *result = rc.result; | |
3610 | ||
3611 | return true; | |
3612 | } | |
3613 | ||
3614 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
3615 | { | |
3616 | WXLRESULT result; | |
3617 | if ( !MSWHandleMessage(&result, message, wParam, lParam) ) | |
2d0a075d | 3618 | { |
4b6a582b | 3619 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
5ec3853f | 3620 | wxLogTrace("winmsg", wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b | 3621 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
4b6a582b | 3622 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
2e1cee23 | 3623 | result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 3624 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3625 | |
2e1cee23 | 3626 | return result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3627 | } |
3628 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3629 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3630 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3631 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3632 | |
dca0f651 | 3633 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3634 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3635 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3636 | return i == gs_windowHandles.end() ? NULL : i->second; | |
42e69d6b | 3637 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3638 | |
dca0f651 | 3639 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hwnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3640 | { |
dca0f651 | 3641 | // adding NULL hwnd is (first) surely a result of an error and |
42e69d6b | 3642 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing |
dca0f651 VZ |
3643 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd != (HWND)NULL, |
3644 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hwnd to window list ignored") ); | |
4ce81a75 | 3645 | |
4b6a582b | 3646 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 VZ |
3647 | WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd); |
3648 | if ( i != gs_windowHandles.end() ) | |
c7527e3f | 3649 | { |
dca0f651 VZ |
3650 | if ( i->second != win ) |
3651 | { | |
4b6a582b VZ |
3652 | wxFAIL_MSG( |
3653 | wxString::Format( | |
3654 | wxT("HWND %p already associated with another window (%s)"), | |
3655 | hwnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() | |
3656 | ) | |
3657 | ); | |
dca0f651 VZ |
3658 | } |
3659 | //else: this actually happens currently because we associate the window | |
3660 | // with its HWND during creation (if we create it) and also when | |
3661 | // SubclassWin() is called later, this is ok | |
c7527e3f | 3662 | } |
4b6a582b | 3663 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL |
dca0f651 | 3664 | |
936bb82e | 3665 | gs_windowHandles[hwnd] = (wxWindow *)win; |
42e69d6b | 3666 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3667 | |
1e6feb95 | 3668 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3669 | { |
dca0f651 | 3670 | gs_windowHandles.erase(GetHwndOf(win)); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3671 | } |
3672 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3673 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3674 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3675 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3676 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3677 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3678 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3679 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3680 | { |
42e69d6b | 3681 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3682 | |
fa5f4858 | 3683 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
b225f659 VZ |
3684 | const wxSize& size, |
3685 | int& x, int& y, | |
3686 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3687 | { |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3688 | // CW_USEDEFAULT can't be used for child windows so just position them at |
3689 | // the origin by default | |
3690 | x = pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.x; | |
3691 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.y; | |
2a77c8c4 | 3692 | |
fa5f4858 | 3693 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
c085e333 | 3694 | |
fa5f4858 VZ |
3695 | // We don't have any clearly good choice for the size by default neither |
3696 | // but we must use something non-zero. | |
3697 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); | |
3698 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
2bda0e17 | 3699 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3700 | /* |
3701 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3702 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3703 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3704 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3705 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3706 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3707 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3708 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3709 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3710 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3711 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3712 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3713 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3714 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3715 | */ | |
b225f659 VZ |
3716 | } |
3717 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3718 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3719 | { | |
d285d708 | 3720 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3721 | } |
3722 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3723 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3724 | const wxChar *title, | |
3725 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3726 | const wxSize& size, | |
3727 | WXDWORD style, | |
3728 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3729 | { | |
23035521 VZ |
3730 | // check a common bug in the user code: if the window is created with a |
3731 | // non-default ctor and Create() is called too, we'd create 2 HWND for a | |
3732 | // single wxWindow object and this results in all sorts of trouble, | |
3733 | // especially for wxTLWs | |
3734 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_hWnd, true, "window can't be recreated" ); | |
3735 | ||
d9698bd4 VZ |
3736 | // this can happen if this function is called using the return value of |
3737 | // wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName() which failed | |
3738 | wxCHECK_MSG( wclass, false, "failed to register window class?" ); | |
3739 | ||
3740 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3741 | // choose the position/size for the new window |
3742 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3743 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3744 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3745 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3746 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3747 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3748 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3749 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3750 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3751 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3752 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3753 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 | 3754 | { |
d9698bd4 | 3755 | className += wxApp::GetNoRedrawClassSuffix(); |
a23fd0e1 | 3756 | } |
c085e333 | 3757 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3758 | // do create the window |
3759 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3760 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3761 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3762 | ( | |
3763 | extendedStyle, | |
e0a050e3 VS |
3764 | className.wx_str(), |
3765 | title ? title : m_windowName.wx_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3766 | style, |
3767 | x, y, w, h, | |
3768 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
dca0f651 | 3769 | (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(controlId), |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3770 | wxGetInstance(), |
3771 | NULL // no extra data | |
3772 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3773 | |
3774 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3775 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3776 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3777 | |
08158721 | 3778 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3779 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3780 | |
b225f659 | 3781 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3782 | |
08158721 | 3783 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3784 | } |
3785 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3786 | // =========================================================================== |
3787 | // MSW message handlers | |
3788 | // =========================================================================== | |
3789 | ||
3790 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3791 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3792 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3793 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3794 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3795 | { |
04ef50df | 3796 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3797 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3798 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
dca0f651 | 3799 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3800 | |
2b15b970 | 3801 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3802 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3803 | { |
42e69d6b | 3804 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3805 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3806 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3807 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3808 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3809 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3810 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3811 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3812 | // correct button tooltips | |
3813 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3814 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3815 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3816 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3817 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3818 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3819 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3820 | { | |
08158721 | 3821 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3822 | } |
2d0a075d | 3823 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3824 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3825 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3826 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3827 | |
2b15b970 | 3828 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3829 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3830 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3831 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3832 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3833 | } |
2d0a075d | 3834 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3835 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3836 | ||
3837 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3838 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3839 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3840 | { | |
3841 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3842 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3843 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3844 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3845 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3846 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3847 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3848 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3849 | { |
3850 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3851 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3852 | } |
7f0586ef | 3853 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3854 | |
3855 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3856 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3857 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3858 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3859 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3860 | // | |
3861 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3862 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3863 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3864 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3865 | // | |
3866 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3867 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3868 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3869 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3870 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3871 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3872 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3873 | |
118208ac VZ |
3874 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3875 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3876 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3877 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3878 | |
3879 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3880 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3881 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3882 | ( | |
3883 | CP_ACP, | |
3884 | 0, // no flags | |
b05fde97 | 3885 | ttip.wx_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3886 | tipLength, |
3887 | buf, | |
3888 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3889 | ); | |
3890 | ||
3891 | if ( !len ) | |
3892 | { | |
9a83f860 | 3893 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MultiByteToWideChar()")); |
118208ac | 3894 | } |
7afebc8c | 3895 | |
118208ac VZ |
3896 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3897 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3898 | } | |
3899 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3900 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3901 | { | |
3902 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3903 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3904 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3905 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
e408bf52 | 3906 | wxStrlcpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf)); |
118208ac | 3907 | ttText->lpszText = buf; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3908 | } |
3909 | ||
08158721 | 3910 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3911 | } |
3912 | ||
3913 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3914 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3915 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3916 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3917 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3918 | { |
3919 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3920 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3921 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3922 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3923 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3924 | { | |
3925 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3926 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3927 | } |
42e69d6b | 3928 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3929 | #else |
3930 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3931 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3932 | ||
08158721 | 3933 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3934 | } |
2b15b970 | 3935 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3936 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3937 | // end session messages | |
3938 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3939 | |
1e6feb95 | 3940 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3941 | { |
040e5f77 | 3942 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3943 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3944 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3945 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3946 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3947 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3948 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3949 | ||
3950 | if ( rc ) | |
3951 | { | |
3952 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3953 | // negation...) | |
3954 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3955 | } |
3956 | ||
42e69d6b | 3957 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3958 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3959 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3960 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3961 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3962 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3963 | } |
3964 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3965 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3966 | { |
040e5f77 | 3967 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3968 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3969 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3970 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3971 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3972 | // only send once |
3973 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3974 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3975 | |
abb74e0f | 3976 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3977 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3978 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
f801d19a | 3979 | event.SetLoggingOff((logOff & ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) != 0); |
519dc37f VZ |
3980 | |
3981 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3982 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3983 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3984 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3985 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3986 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3987 | } |
3988 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3989 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3990 | // window creation/destruction | |
3991 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3992 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3993 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3994 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3995 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
3996 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
3997 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
3998 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 3999 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 4000 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
4001 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
4002 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 4003 | |
08158721 | 4004 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 4005 | |
08158721 | 4006 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4007 | } |
4008 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4009 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 4010 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4011 | // delete our drop target if we've got one |
4012 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
4013 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 4014 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4015 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
4016 | ||
5276b0a5 | 4017 | wxDELETE(m_dropTarget); |
2d0a075d | 4018 | } |
42e69d6b | 4019 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 4020 | |
42e69d6b | 4021 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 4022 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4023 | } |
4024 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4025 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4026 | // activation/focus | |
4027 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4028 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4029 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
4030 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
4031 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4032 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4033 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
4034 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
4035 | m_windowId); | |
4036 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4037 | ||
937013e0 | 4038 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4039 | } |
4040 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4041 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 4042 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
4043 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
4044 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
4045 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4046 | { | |
4047 | return false; | |
4048 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 4049 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
4050 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
4051 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 4052 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
937013e0 | 4053 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus); |
456bc6d9 | 4054 | |
789295bf | 4055 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4056 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4057 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4058 | { |
789295bf | 4059 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4060 | } |
789295bf | 4061 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4062 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4063 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4064 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4065 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4066 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4067 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4068 | ||
937013e0 | 4069 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4070 | } |
4071 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4072 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 4073 | { |
789295bf | 4074 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4075 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4076 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4077 | { |
789295bf | 4078 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4079 | } |
789295bf | 4080 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4081 | |
2913e597 RD |
4082 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4083 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4084 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4085 | { | |
08158721 | 4086 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4087 | } |
4088 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4089 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4090 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4091 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4092 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4093 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4094 | ||
937013e0 | 4095 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4096 | } |
4097 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4098 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4099 | // labels | |
4100 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4101 | ||
4102 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4103 | { | |
4104 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4105 | } | |
4106 | ||
4107 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4108 | { | |
4109 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4110 | } | |
4111 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4112 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4113 | // miscellaneous | |
4114 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4115 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4116 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4117 | { |
42e69d6b | 4118 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4119 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4120 | |
937013e0 | 4121 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4122 | } |
4123 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4124 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4125 | { |
42e69d6b | 4126 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4127 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b | 4128 | |
937013e0 | 4129 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4130 | } |
4131 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4132 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4133 | { |
7f0586ef | 4134 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4135 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4136 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4137 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4138 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4139 | |
4140 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4141 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4142 | ( |
4143 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4144 | (UINT)-1, | |
4145 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4146 | (UINT)0 | |
4147 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4148 | |
4149 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4150 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4151 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4152 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4153 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4154 | ||
4155 | // and now get the file name | |
4156 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4157 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4158 | } |
2bda0e17 | 4159 | |
42e69d6b | 4160 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4161 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4162 | |
4163 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4164 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4165 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4166 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4167 | |
fe8f9ad7 VZ |
4168 | DragFinish(hFilesInfo); |
4169 | ||
937013e0 | 4170 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4171 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4172 | } |
4173 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4174 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4175 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4176 | short nHitTest, | |
4177 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4178 | { |
04ef50df | 4179 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4180 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4181 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4182 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4183 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4184 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4185 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4186 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4187 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4188 | { |
46753a7c | 4189 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4190 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4191 | else // not busy |
4192 | { | |
4193 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4194 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4195 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4196 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4197 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4198 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 4199 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
43b5058d | 4200 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4201 | int x = pt.x, |
4202 | y = pt.y; | |
4203 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4204 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
564af280 RD |
4205 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
4206 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
42e69d6b | 4207 | |
937013e0 | 4208 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
46753a7c | 4209 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4210 | { |
46753a7c | 4211 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4212 | } |
43b5058d | 4213 | |
46753a7c | 4214 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4215 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4216 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4217 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4218 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4219 | // be used for this point | |
a1b806b9 | 4220 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.IsOk() ) |
42e69d6b | 4221 | { |
46753a7c | 4222 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4223 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4224 | |
4225 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4226 | { |
4227 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
a1b806b9 | 4228 | if ( cursor && cursor->IsOk() ) |
43b5058d VZ |
4229 | { |
4230 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4231 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4232 | } |
4233 | } | |
4234 | } | |
4235 | ||
46753a7c | 4236 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4237 | if ( hcursor ) |
4238 | { | |
4239 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4240 | ||
4241 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4242 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4243 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4244 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4245 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4246 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4247 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4248 | } |
4249 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4250 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4251 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4252 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4253 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4254 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4255 | // FIXME | |
4256 | return false; | |
4257 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4258 | wxEventType evtType; |
4259 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4260 | { | |
4261 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4262 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4263 | break; | |
4264 | ||
4265 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4266 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4267 | break; | |
4268 | ||
4269 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4270 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4271 | break; | |
4272 | ||
4273 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
4274 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; | |
4275 | break; | |
4276 | ||
4277 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 4278 | wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); |
355debca VZ |
4279 | // fall through |
4280 | ||
4281 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4282 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4283 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4284 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4285 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4286 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4287 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4288 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca | 4289 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
55cd5d10 VZ |
4290 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4291 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4292 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4293 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; |
4294 | break; | |
4295 | } | |
4296 | ||
4297 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4298 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4299 | return false; | |
4300 | ||
4301 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4302 | ||
4303 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
937013e0 | 4304 | if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) ) |
355debca VZ |
4305 | return false; |
4306 | ||
4307 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4308 | ||
4309 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4310 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4311 | } |
4312 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4313 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4314 | { | |
75e8e6dc | 4315 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
d66d0500 | 4316 | { |
75e8e6dc | 4317 | if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_COMPOSITED) ) |
2e992e06 | 4318 | return true; |
75e8e6dc VZ |
4319 | |
4320 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4321 | break; | |
4322 | } | |
d66d0500 | 4323 | |
2e992e06 VZ |
4324 | return false; |
4325 | } | |
4326 | ||
f60ca3e2 RD |
4327 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDoubleBuffered(bool on) |
4328 | { | |
4329 | // Get the current extended style bits | |
d66d0500 | 4330 | long exstyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(this); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4331 | |
4332 | // Twiddle the bit as needed | |
4333 | if ( on ) | |
4334 | exstyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4335 | else | |
4336 | exstyle &= ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED; | |
4337 | ||
4338 | // put it back | |
d66d0500 | 4339 | wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyle); |
f60ca3e2 RD |
4340 | } |
4341 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4342 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4343 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4344 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4345 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4346 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4347 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4348 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4349 | #else | |
4350 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4351 | #endif | |
4352 | ||
4353 | bool | |
4354 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4355 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4356 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4357 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4358 | |
4359 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4360 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4361 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4362 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4363 | { |
42e69d6b | 4364 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4365 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4366 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4367 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4368 | return false; | |
4369 | ||
4370 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4371 | false, wxT("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4372 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4373 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4374 | // the DC from being released | |
4375 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4376 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4377 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4378 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4381 | ( |
4382 | dc, | |
4383 | rect, | |
4384 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4385 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4386 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4387 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4388 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4389 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4390 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4391 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4392 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4393 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4394 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4395 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4396 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4397 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4398 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4399 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4400 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4401 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4402 | # else | |
4403 | NULL | |
4404 | # endif | |
4405 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4406 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4407 | |
4408 | if ( item ) | |
4409 | { | |
4410 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4411 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4412 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4413 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4414 | ||
08158721 | 4415 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4416 | } |
4417 | ||
61fef19b | 4418 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4419 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4420 | { |
61fef19b | 4421 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4422 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4423 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4424 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4425 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4426 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4427 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4428 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4429 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4430 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4431 | // | |
4432 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4433 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4434 | return false; | |
4435 | ||
4436 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
9a83f860 | 4437 | false, wxT("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4438 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4439 | size_t w, h; |
4440 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4441 | ||
4442 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4443 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4444 | ||
4445 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4446 | } |
42e69d6b | 4447 | |
567be187 VZ |
4448 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4449 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4450 | { |
567be187 | 4451 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4452 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4453 | #else |
4454 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4455 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4456 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4457 | |
08158721 | 4458 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4459 | } |
4460 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4461 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4462 | // colours and palettes | |
4463 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4464 | |
1e6feb95 | 4465 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4466 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4467 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4468 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4469 | ||
937013e0 | 4470 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
23895080 VZ |
4471 | |
4472 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4473 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4474 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4475 | } |
4476 | ||
574c939e KB |
4477 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4478 | { | |
4479 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4480 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4481 | ||
937013e0 | 4482 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
574c939e KB |
4483 | } |
4484 | ||
04ef50df | 4485 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4486 | |
1a784dfc | 4487 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4488 | { |
3d74a760 | 4489 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4490 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4491 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4492 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4493 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4494 | |
01c500af | 4495 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4496 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4497 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4498 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4499 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4500 | |
01c500af | 4501 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4502 | } |
4503 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4504 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4505 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4506 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4507 | { |
574c939e | 4508 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4509 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4510 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4511 | { | |
574c939e | 4512 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4513 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4514 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4515 | { | |
4516 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4517 | } | |
4518 | ||
4519 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4520 | { | |
4521 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4522 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4523 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4524 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4525 | |
4526 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4527 | |
4528 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4529 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4530 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4531 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4532 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4533 | ||
4534 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4535 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4536 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4537 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4538 | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4541 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4542 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4543 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4544 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4545 | |
937013e0 | 4546 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4547 | } |
4548 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4549 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4550 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4551 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4552 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4553 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4554 | |
72f8c792 | 4555 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4556 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4557 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4558 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a5e84126 JS |
4559 | } |
4560 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4561 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4562 | { | |
4563 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4564 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4565 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4566 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4567 | ||
4568 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4569 | while ( node ) | |
4570 | { | |
4571 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4572 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4573 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4574 | { | |
4575 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4576 | } | |
4577 | ||
4578 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4579 | } | |
4580 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4581 | // let the system handle it |
4582 | return false; | |
4583 | } | |
4584 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4585 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4586 | { |
574c939e KB |
4587 | |
4588 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4589 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4590 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4591 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4592 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4593 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4594 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4595 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4596 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4597 | |
4598 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4599 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4600 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4601 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4602 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4603 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4604 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4605 | if (result > 0) | |
4606 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4607 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4608 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4609 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4610 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4611 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4612 | ||
937013e0 | 4613 | return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4614 | } |
4615 | ||
4616 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4617 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4618 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4619 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4620 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4621 | // only have to do it once) | |
4622 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4623 | { | |
4624 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4625 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4626 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4627 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4628 | while ( node ) |
4629 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4630 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4631 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4632 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4633 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4634 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4635 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4636 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4637 | // the standard controls | |
4638 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4639 | } |
42e69d6b | 4640 | |
23895080 VZ |
4641 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4642 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4643 | } |
4644 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4645 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4646 | { | |
4647 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4648 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4649 | ||
4650 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4651 | { | |
08158721 | 4652 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4653 | |
4654 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4655 | { | |
4656 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4657 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4658 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4659 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4660 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4661 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4662 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4663 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
9a83f860 | 4664 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(wxT("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
a1b806b9 | 4665 | if ( stdColourBitmap.IsOk() ) |
90c1530a VZ |
4666 | { |
4667 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4668 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
9a83f860 | 4669 | wxT("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); |
90c1530a VZ |
4670 | |
4671 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4672 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4673 | ||
4674 | wxColour colour; | |
4675 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4676 | { | |
4677 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4678 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4679 | } | |
4680 | } | |
4681 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4682 | { | |
4683 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4684 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4685 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4686 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4687 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4688 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4689 | } | |
4690 | ||
08158721 | 4691 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4692 | } |
4693 | ||
08158721 | 4694 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4695 | |
4696 | // create the colour map | |
4697 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4698 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4699 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4700 | ||
4701 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4702 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4703 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4704 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4705 | ||
4706 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4707 | } | |
4708 | ||
4709 | return s_cmap; | |
4710 | } | |
4711 | ||
a5b1be33 JS |
4712 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME && !defined(TMT_FILLCOLOR) |
4713 | #define TMT_FILLCOLOR 3802 | |
4714 | #define TMT_TEXTCOLOR 3803 | |
4715 | #define TMT_BORDERCOLOR 3801 | |
4716 | #endif | |
4717 | ||
4718 | wxColour wxWindowMSW::MSWGetThemeColour(const wchar_t *themeName, | |
4719 | int themePart, | |
4720 | int themeState, | |
4721 | MSWThemeColour themeColour, | |
108694fe | 4722 | wxSystemColour fallback) const |
a5b1be33 JS |
4723 | { |
4724 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
4725 | const wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
4726 | if ( theme ) | |
4727 | { | |
4728 | int themeProperty = 0; | |
4729 | ||
4730 | // TODO: Convert this into a table? Sure would be faster. | |
4731 | switch ( themeColour ) | |
4732 | { | |
4733 | case ThemeColourBackground: | |
4734 | themeProperty = TMT_FILLCOLOR; | |
4735 | break; | |
4736 | case ThemeColourText: | |
4737 | themeProperty = TMT_TEXTCOLOR; | |
4738 | break; | |
4739 | case ThemeColourBorder: | |
4740 | themeProperty = TMT_BORDERCOLOR; | |
4741 | break; | |
4742 | default: | |
4743 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported theme colour")); | |
4744 | }; | |
4745 | ||
108694fe | 4746 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, themeName); |
a5b1be33 JS |
4747 | COLORREF col; |
4748 | HRESULT hr = theme->GetThemeColor | |
4749 | ( | |
4750 | hTheme, | |
4751 | themePart, | |
4752 | themeState, | |
4753 | themeProperty, | |
4754 | &col | |
4755 | ); | |
4756 | ||
4757 | if ( SUCCEEDED(hr) ) | |
4758 | return wxRGBToColour(col); | |
4759 | ||
4760 | wxLogApiError( | |
4761 | wxString::Format( | |
4762 | "GetThemeColor(%s, %i, %i, %i)", | |
4763 | themeName, themePart, themeState, themeProperty), | |
4764 | hr); | |
4765 | } | |
b9de6a21 JS |
4766 | #else |
4767 | wxUnusedVar(themeName); | |
4768 | wxUnusedVar(themePart); | |
4769 | wxUnusedVar(themeState); | |
4770 | wxUnusedVar(themeColour); | |
a5b1be33 JS |
4771 | #endif |
4772 | return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(fallback); | |
4773 | } | |
4774 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4775 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4776 | // painting | |
4777 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4778 | ||
7ca106e8 VZ |
4779 | // this variable is used to check that a paint event handler which processed |
4780 | // the event did create a wxPaintDC inside its code and called BeginPaint() to | |
4781 | // validate the invalidated window area as otherwise we'd keep getting an | |
4782 | // endless stream of WM_PAINT messages for this window resulting in a lot of | |
4783 | // difficult to debug problems (e.g. impossibility to repaint other windows, | |
4784 | // lack of timer and idle events and so on) | |
0369a9fe VZ |
4785 | extern bool wxDidCreatePaintDC; |
4786 | bool wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; | |
7ca106e8 | 4787 | |
1e6feb95 | 4788 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4789 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4790 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4791 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
43b2d5e7 | 4792 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4793 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4794 | } |
42e69d6b | 4795 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
43b2d5e7 | 4796 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 4797 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
43b2d5e7 | 4798 | } |
c085e333 | 4799 | |
42e69d6b | 4800 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4801 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4802 | wxDidCreatePaintDC = false; |
4803 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4804 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4805 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4806 | |
937013e0 | 4807 | bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 4808 | |
7ca106e8 VZ |
4809 | if ( processed && !wxDidCreatePaintDC ) |
4810 | { | |
4811 | // do call MSWDefWindowProc() to validate the update region to avoid | |
4812 | // the problems mentioned above | |
4813 | processed = false; | |
4814 | } | |
4815 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4816 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise |
4817 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4818 | // colour | |
4819 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4820 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
937013e0 | 4821 | HandleWindowEvent(eventNc); |
1e6feb95 | 4822 | |
90df6033 VZ |
4823 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4824 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4825 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4826 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4827 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4828 | } |
4829 | ||
63da7df7 | 4830 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4831 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4832 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4833 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4834 | event.Skip(); | |
4835 | #else | |
888dde65 | 4836 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
63da7df7 JS |
4837 | if (hDC != 0) |
4838 | { | |
4839 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4840 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4841 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4842 | } |
4843 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4844 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
8681b094 | 4845 | { |
c753eb92 | 4846 | switch ( GetBackgroundStyle() ) |
d57f1dd7 | 4847 | { |
c753eb92 | 4848 | case wxBG_STYLE_ERASE: |
b469c9d8 | 4849 | case wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4850 | // we need to generate an erase background event |
4851 | { | |
4852 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); | |
4853 | wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl(); | |
d57f1dd7 | 4854 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4855 | impl->SetHDC(hdc); |
4856 | impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
90df6033 | 4857 | |
c753eb92 VZ |
4858 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
4859 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4860 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); | |
4861 | ||
4862 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for | |
4863 | // wxDCTemp | |
4864 | impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc); | |
4865 | ||
4866 | if ( rc ) | |
4867 | { | |
06393630 | 4868 | // background erased by the user-defined handler |
c753eb92 VZ |
4869 | return true; |
4870 | } | |
4871 | } | |
4872 | // fall through | |
4873 | ||
4874 | case wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM: | |
4875 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(hdc) ) | |
4876 | { | |
4877 | // let the default processing to take place if we didn't erase | |
4878 | // the background ourselves | |
4879 | return false; | |
4880 | } | |
4881 | break; | |
4882 | ||
4883 | case wxBG_STYLE_PAINT: | |
b469c9d8 | 4884 | case wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT: |
c753eb92 VZ |
4885 | // no need to do anything here at all, background will be entirely |
4886 | // redrawn in WM_PAINT handler | |
4887 | break; | |
4888 | ||
4889 | default: | |
4890 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown background style" ); | |
c5bd3c62 | 4891 | } |
c753eb92 VZ |
4892 | |
4893 | return true; | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4894 | } |
4895 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4896 | #ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK |
4897 | ||
4898 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWHasEraseBgHook() const | |
4899 | { | |
b93f4239 VZ |
4900 | return gs_eraseBgHooks.find(const_cast<wxWindowMSW *>(this)) |
4901 | != gs_eraseBgHooks.end(); | |
bec9bf3e VZ |
4902 | } |
4903 | ||
4904 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWSetEraseBgHook(wxWindow *child) | |
4905 | { | |
4906 | if ( child ) | |
4907 | { | |
4908 | if ( !gs_eraseBgHooks.insert( | |
4909 | EraseBgHooks::value_type(this, child)).second ) | |
4910 | { | |
4911 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Setting erase background hook twice?") ); | |
4912 | } | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | else // reset the hook | |
4915 | { | |
4916 | if ( gs_eraseBgHooks.erase(this) != 1 ) | |
4917 | { | |
4918 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Resetting erase background which was not set?") ); | |
4919 | } | |
4920 | } | |
4921 | } | |
4922 | ||
4923 | #endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK | |
4924 | ||
c3732409 | 4925 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4926 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4927 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4928 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4929 | return false; |
4930 | ||
bec9bf3e VZ |
4931 | // erase just the client area of the window, this is important for the |
4932 | // frames to avoid drawing over the toolbar part of the window (you might | |
4933 | // think using WS_CLIPCHILDREN would prevent this from happening, but it | |
4934 | // clearly doesn't) | |
4935 | RECT rc; | |
4936 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetClientRect(), rc); | |
4937 | ::FillRect((HDC)hDC, &rc, hbr); | |
c581abbc VZ |
4938 | |
4939 | return true; | |
4940 | } | |
4941 | ||
c3732409 | 4942 | WXHBRUSH |
0a81f130 | 4943 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindowMSW *child) |
c5bd3c62 | 4944 | { |
0a81f130 VZ |
4945 | // Test for the custom background brush first. |
4946 | WXHBRUSH hbrush = MSWGetCustomBgBrush(); | |
4947 | if ( hbrush ) | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | // We assume that this is either a stipple or hatched brush and not a | |
4950 | // solid one as otherwise it would have been enough to set the | |
4951 | // background colour and such brushes need to be positioned correctly | |
4952 | // in order to align when different windows are painted, so do it here. | |
4953 | RECT rc; | |
4954 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwndOf(child), &rc); | |
4955 | ||
4956 | ::MapWindowPoints(NULL, GetHwnd(), (POINT *)&rc, 1); | |
4957 | ||
4958 | if ( !::SetBrushOrgEx((HDC)hDC, -rc.left, -rc.top, NULL) ) | |
4959 | { | |
4960 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetBrushOrgEx(bg brush)")); | |
4961 | } | |
4962 | ||
4963 | return hbrush; | |
4964 | } | |
4965 | ||
4966 | // Otherwise see if we have a custom background colour. | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4967 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4968 | { | |
ebfee179 VZ |
4969 | wxBrush * |
4970 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
c3732409 | 4971 | |
ebfee179 | 4972 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4973 | } |
4974 | ||
c3732409 | 4975 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4976 | } |
8681b094 | 4977 | |
ebfee179 | 4978 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC) |
bdd1a35d | 4979 | { |
a3b89fa9 VZ |
4980 | // Use the special wxWindowBeingErased variable if it is set as the child |
4981 | // being erased. | |
4982 | wxWindowMSW * const child = | |
4983 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
4984 | wxWindowBeingErased ? wxWindowBeingErased : | |
4985 | #endif | |
4986 | this; | |
4987 | ||
c3732409 | 4988 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4989 | { |
a3b89fa9 | 4990 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, child); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4991 | if ( hBrush ) |
4992 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4993 | |
ebfee179 VZ |
4994 | // don't use the parent background if we're not transparent |
4995 | if ( !win->HasTransparentBackground() ) | |
4996 | break; | |
4997 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
4998 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
4999 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 5000 | break; |
01c500af | 5001 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
5002 | |
5003 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
5004 | } |
5005 | ||
b728a212 | 5006 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 5007 | { |
b728a212 JG |
5008 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
5009 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
5010 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
5011 | // | |
5012 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
5013 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
5014 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
5015 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
5016 | // | |
5017 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
5018 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
5019 | ||
5020 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5021 | return false; | |
5022 | ||
5023 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
5024 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
5025 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
5026 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
5027 | ||
5028 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
5029 | { | |
5030 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
5031 | return true; | |
5032 | ||
5033 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
5034 | break; | |
5035 | } | |
5036 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
5037 | return false; |
5038 | } | |
5039 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5040 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5041 | // moving and resizing | |
5042 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5043 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5044 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
5045 | { |
5046 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
5047 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 5048 | |
937013e0 | 5049 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5050 | } |
5051 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5052 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 5053 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5054 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
5055 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5056 | |
937013e0 | 5057 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b | 5058 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5059 | |
1e6feb95 | 5060 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 5061 | { |
907173e5 WS |
5062 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
5063 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5064 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
5065 | ||
937013e0 | 5066 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5067 | } |
5068 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5069 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
5070 | { | |
5071 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5072 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5073 | |
937013e0 | 5074 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5075 | if (rc) |
5076 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5077 | return rc; | |
5078 | } | |
5079 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
5080 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
5081 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5082 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5083 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
5084 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5085 | ||
937013e0 | 5086 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5087 | } |
5088 | ||
5089 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
5090 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 5091 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
5092 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
5093 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5094 | ||
937013e0 | 5095 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
aa767a45 JS |
5096 | } |
5097 | ||
4bc0f25e | 5098 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 5099 | { |
6bd9b9f2 | 5100 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
c3723477 JS |
5101 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be |
5102 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
5103 | int numChildren = 0; | |
5104 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
5105 | child; | |
5106 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
5107 | { | |
5108 | numChildren ++; | |
5109 | } | |
5110 | ||
3fca879c | 5111 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
5112 | bool useDefer = false; |
5113 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5114 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
5115 | { | |
c3723477 | 5116 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 5117 | { |
c3723477 JS |
5118 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
5119 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
5120 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5121 | wxLogLastError(wxT("BeginDeferWindowPos")); |
c3723477 JS |
5122 | } |
5123 | if (m_hDWP) | |
5124 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5125 | } |
5126 | } | |
6bd9b9f2 | 5127 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 5128 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5129 | // update this window size |
5130 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5131 | switch ( wParam ) |
5132 | { | |
5133 | default: | |
9a83f860 | 5134 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5135 | // fall through nevertheless |
5136 | ||
5137 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
5138 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
5139 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
5140 | break; | |
5141 | ||
5142 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
5143 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
5144 | break; | |
5145 | ||
5146 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 5147 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5148 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
5149 | ||
5150 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
5151 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
5152 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
5153 | // receive the total size | |
5154 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
5155 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5156 | ||
937013e0 | 5157 | processed = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
5158 | } |
5159 | ||
6bd9b9f2 | 5160 | #if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5161 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 5162 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5163 | { |
5164 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
5165 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
5166 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
5167 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
5168 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
5169 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 5170 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
5171 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
5172 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
5173 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5174 | wxLogLastError(wxT("EndDeferWindowPos")); |
3f48c8e2 | 5175 | } |
c3723477 | 5176 | |
da78f3b1 | 5177 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
5178 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
5179 | node; | |
5180 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
5181 | { | |
6bd9b9f2 VZ |
5182 | wxWindowMSW * const child = node->GetData(); |
5183 | child->MSWEndDeferWindowPos(); | |
c3723477 | 5184 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 5185 | } |
6bd9b9f2 | 5186 | #endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 5187 | |
4bc0f25e | 5188 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5189 | } |
5190 | ||
5706de1c JS |
5191 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
5192 | { | |
5193 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
5194 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 5195 | |
937013e0 | 5196 | bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5706de1c JS |
5197 | if (rc) |
5198 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
5199 | return rc; | |
5200 | } | |
5201 | ||
0c0d1521 | 5202 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 5203 | { |
7f0586ef | 5204 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 5205 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 5206 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
5207 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
5208 | ||
08158721 | 5209 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 5210 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
5211 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
5212 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
5213 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
5214 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 5215 | |
422d0ff0 | 5216 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 5217 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5218 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5219 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5220 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5221 | |
422d0ff0 | 5222 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5223 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5224 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5225 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5226 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5227 | |
422d0ff0 | 5228 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5229 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5230 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5231 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5232 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5233 | |
422d0ff0 | 5234 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5235 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5236 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5237 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5238 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5239 | |
42e69d6b | 5240 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5241 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5242 | } |
2d0a075d | 5243 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5244 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5245 | // command messages | |
5246 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5247 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5248 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5249 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5250 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5251 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5252 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5253 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5254 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5255 | { |
5256 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5257 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5258 | ||
5259 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5260 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5261 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5262 | |
8c290175 | 5263 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5264 | |
5265 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5266 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5267 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5268 | { |
71292fab | 5269 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5270 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5271 | |
71292fab VZ |
5272 | // try the id |
5273 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5274 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5275 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5276 | } |
5277 | ||
5278 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5279 | { |
42e69d6b | 5280 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5281 | } |
5282 | ||
5283 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5284 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5285 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5286 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5287 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5288 | { |
a6ac49b1 | 5289 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id); |
a84fc80b | 5290 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a84fc80b | 5291 | event.SetInt(id); |
b94ae1ea | 5292 | |
937013e0 | 5293 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
a84fc80b | 5294 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5295 | else |
5296 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5297 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5298 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5299 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5300 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5301 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5302 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5303 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5304 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5305 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5306 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5307 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5308 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5309 | // wxChoice | |
5310 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5311 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5312 | return true; | |
5313 | #endif | |
5314 | } | |
5315 | ||
08158721 | 5316 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5317 | } |
5318 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5319 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5320 | // mouse events | |
5321 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5322 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5323 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5324 | int x, int y, | |
5325 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5326 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5327 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5328 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5329 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5330 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5331 | ||
5332 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5333 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5334 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5335 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5336 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5337 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5338 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5339 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5340 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5341 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5342 | |
f0b1ccde | 5343 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5344 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5345 | #endif |
5346 | ||
687706f5 | 5347 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5348 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5349 | |
5350 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5351 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5352 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5353 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5354 | } |
5355 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5356 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5357 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5358 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5359 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5360 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5361 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5362 | // to. | |
5363 | // | |
5364 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5365 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5366 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5367 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 | 5368 | { |
9a83f860 | 5369 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, wxT("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5370 | |
5371 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5372 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5373 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5374 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5375 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5376 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5377 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5378 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5379 | ( | |
5380 | hwnd, | |
5381 | pt | |
5382 | ); | |
5383 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5384 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5385 | ( | |
5386 | hwnd, | |
5387 | pt, | |
5388 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5389 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5390 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5391 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5392 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5393 | |
5394 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5395 | { |
5396 | // now try any child window at all | |
5397 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5398 | } | |
5399 | ||
5400 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5401 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5402 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5403 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5404 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5405 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5406 | { | |
dca0f651 | 5407 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwndUnderMouse); |
dfafa702 VZ |
5408 | if ( winUnderMouse ) |
5409 | { | |
5410 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5411 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5412 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5413 | ||
5414 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5415 | } | |
5416 | } | |
5417 | ||
5418 | return win; | |
5419 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5420 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5421 | |
1e6feb95 | 5422 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5423 | { |
42e69d6b | 5424 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5425 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5426 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5427 | // id | |
5428 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5429 | { | |
5430 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5431 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5432 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5433 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5434 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5435 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5436 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5437 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5438 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5439 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5440 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5441 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5442 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5443 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5444 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5445 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5446 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5447 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5448 | |
2f68482e | 5449 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5450 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5451 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5452 | switch ( msg ) | |
5453 | { | |
5454 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5455 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5456 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5457 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5458 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5459 | } | |
2f68482e | 5460 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5461 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5462 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5463 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5464 | ||
937013e0 | 5465 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5466 | } |
5467 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5468 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5469 | { |
5470 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5471 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5472 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5473 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5474 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5475 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5476 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5477 | { | |
5478 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5479 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5480 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5481 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5482 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5483 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5484 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5485 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5486 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5487 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5488 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5489 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5490 | { | |
e2d4ce7d | 5491 | // see comment in wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() explaining the |
5a9379d7 | 5492 | // use of wxLoadedDLL |
9a83f860 | 5493 | wxLoadedDLL dllComCtl32(wxT("comctl32.dll")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5494 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) |
5495 | { | |
5496 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
9a83f860 | 5497 | dllComCtl32.RawGetSymbol(wxT("_TrackMouseEvent")); |
aafb9978 VZ |
5498 | } |
5499 | ||
5500 | s_initDone = true; | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5501 | } |
5502 | ||
5503 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5504 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5505 | { | |
5506 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5507 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5508 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5509 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5510 | ||
5511 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5512 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5513 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5514 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5515 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5516 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5517 | |
937013e0 | 5518 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
1e6feb95 | 5519 | } |
42e69d6b | 5520 | } |
cff58b52 | 5521 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5522 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5523 | { |
5524 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5525 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5526 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5527 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5528 | { | |
5529 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5532 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5533 | |
5534 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5535 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5536 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5537 | // | |
5538 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5539 | // other platforms | |
5540 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5541 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5542 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5543 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5546 | { | |
5547 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5548 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5549 | return false; |
5550 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5551 | } |
5552 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5553 | ||
5554 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5555 | } | |
5556 | ||
d2c52078 | 5557 | |
b9e52a19 VZ |
5558 | bool |
5559 | wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(wxMouseWheelAxis axis, | |
5560 | WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
d2c52078 RD |
5561 | { |
5562 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5563 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5564 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5565 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5566 | // consistency | |
5567 | const wxPoint | |
5568 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5569 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5570 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5571 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5572 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
b9e52a19 | 5573 | event.m_wheelAxis = axis; |
d2c52078 | 5574 | |
0f7a546d RD |
5575 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5576 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5577 | { | |
5578 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5579 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5580 | { | |
5581 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
9a83f860 | 5582 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); |
0f7a546d RD |
5583 | |
5584 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5585 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5586 | } | |
5587 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5588 | |
0f7a546d | 5589 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
937013e0 | 5590 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5591 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5592 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5593 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5594 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5595 | |
08158721 | 5596 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5597 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5598 | } |
5599 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5600 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5601 | { | |
5602 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5603 | ||
5604 | int state = 0; | |
5605 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5606 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5607 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5608 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5609 | ||
5610 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5611 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5612 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5613 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5614 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5615 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5616 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5617 | ||
5618 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 5619 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
51e4e266 VZ |
5620 | |
5621 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5622 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5623 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5624 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5625 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5626 | ||
5627 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5628 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5629 | ||
937013e0 | 5630 | (void)HandleWindowEvent(event); |
51e4e266 | 5631 | } |
d2c52078 | 5632 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5633 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5634 | // keyboard handling | |
5635 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5636 | ||
246117d4 VZ |
5637 | namespace |
5638 | { | |
5639 | ||
5640 | // Implementation of InitAnyKeyEvent() which can also be used when there is no | |
5641 | // associated window: this can happen for the wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK events created by | |
5642 | // the global keyboard hook (e.g. the event might have happened in a non-wx | |
5643 | // window). | |
b6885972 | 5644 | void |
246117d4 VZ |
5645 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, |
5646 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5647 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
eb7a47b7 | 5648 | const wxWindowBase *win /* may be NULL */) |
c42404a5 | 5649 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
5650 | if ( win ) |
5651 | { | |
5652 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
eb7a47b7 | 5653 | event.SetEventObject(const_cast<wxWindowBase *>(win)); |
246117d4 VZ |
5654 | } |
5655 | else // No associated window. | |
5656 | { | |
5657 | // Use wxID_ANY for compatibility with the old code even if wxID_NONE | |
5658 | // would arguably make more sense. | |
5659 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); | |
5660 | } | |
5661 | ||
3f7bc32b VZ |
5662 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5663 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5664 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5665 | ||
9c7df356 VZ |
5666 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5667 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5668 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5669 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5670 | #endif |
c42404a5 | 5671 | |
246117d4 VZ |
5672 | // Event coordinates must be in window client coordinates system which |
5673 | // doesn't make sense if there is no window. | |
5674 | // | |
5675 | // We could use screen coordinates for such events but this would make the | |
5676 | // logic of the event handlers more complicated: you'd need to test for the | |
5677 | // event object and interpret the coordinates differently according to | |
5678 | // whether it's NULL or not so unless somebody really asks for this let's | |
5679 | // just avoid the issue. | |
5680 | if ( win ) | |
5681 | { | |
5682 | const wxPoint mousePos = win->ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
5683 | event.m_x = mousePos.x; | |
5684 | event.m_y = mousePos.y; | |
5685 | } | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | ||
5688 | } // anonymous namespace | |
5689 | ||
5690 | void | |
5691 | wxWindowMSW::InitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event, | |
5692 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5693 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5694 | { | |
5695 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, this); | |
b6885972 VZ |
5696 | } |
5697 | ||
5698 | wxKeyEvent | |
5699 | wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, | |
5700 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5701 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
5702 | { | |
5703 | // Catch any attempts to use this with WM_CHAR, it wouldn't work because | |
5704 | // wParam is supposed to be a virtual key and not a character here. | |
5705 | wxASSERT_MSG( evType != wxEVT_CHAR && evType != wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, | |
5706 | "CreateKeyEvent() can't be used for char events" ); | |
5707 | ||
5708 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5709 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); | |
5710 | ||
5844ad30 VZ |
5711 | event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX |
5712 | ( | |
5713 | wParam, | |
5714 | lParam | |
b6885972 | 5715 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5716 | , &event.m_uniChar |
b6885972 | 5717 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
5844ad30 | 5718 | ); |
c42404a5 VZ |
5719 | |
5720 | return event; | |
5721 | } | |
5722 | ||
1afe4f9b VZ |
5723 | wxKeyEvent |
5724 | wxWindowMSW::CreateCharEvent(wxEventType evType, | |
5725 | WXWPARAM wParam, | |
5726 | WXLPARAM lParam) const | |
42e69d6b | 5727 | { |
1afe4f9b | 5728 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); |
b6885972 VZ |
5729 | InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam); |
5730 | ||
5731 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5732 | // TODO: wParam uses UTF-16 so this is incorrect for characters outside of | |
5733 | // the BMP, we should use WM_UNICHAR to handle them. | |
5734 | event.m_uniChar = wParam; | |
5735 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE | |
5736 | ||
5737 | // Set non-Unicode key code too for compatibility if possible. | |
5738 | if ( wParam < 0x80 ) | |
42e69d6b | 5739 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5740 | // It's an ASCII character, no need to translate it. |
5741 | event.m_keyCode = wParam; | |
2d0a075d | 5742 | } |
b6885972 | 5743 | else |
c42404a5 | 5744 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5745 | // Check if this key can be represented (as a single character) in the |
5746 | // current locale. | |
5747 | const wchar_t wc = wParam; | |
5748 | char ch; | |
5749 | if ( wxConvLibc.FromWChar(&ch, 1, &wc, 1) != wxCONV_FAILED ) | |
c42404a5 | 5750 | { |
b6885972 VZ |
5751 | // For compatibility continue to provide the key code in this field |
5752 | // even though using GetUnicodeKey() is recommended now. | |
5753 | event.m_keyCode = static_cast<unsigned char>(ch); | |
c42404a5 | 5754 | } |
b6885972 VZ |
5755 | //else: Key can't be represented in the current locale, leave m_keyCode |
5756 | // as WXK_NONE and use GetUnicodeKey() to access the character. | |
9c7df356 | 5757 | } |
42e69d6b | 5758 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5759 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European |
5760 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5761 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5762 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5763 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5764 | // needed) | |
5765 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
b6885972 | 5766 | (event.m_keyCode >= 32 && event.m_keyCode < 256) ) |
9c7df356 | 5767 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5768 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5769 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5770 | } |
c42404a5 | 5771 | |
1afe4f9b VZ |
5772 | return event; |
5773 | } | |
5774 | ||
5775 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from | |
5776 | // WM_KEYDOWN one | |
5777 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) | |
5778 | { | |
5779 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, wParam, lParam)); | |
937013e0 | 5780 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5781 | } |
5782 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5783 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5784 | { |
b6885972 | 5785 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5786 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5787 | } |
5788 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5789 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5790 | { |
b6885972 | 5791 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wParam, lParam)); |
937013e0 | 5792 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5793 | } |
5794 | ||
53a118d6 | 5795 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5796 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5797 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5798 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5799 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5800 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5801 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5802 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5803 | ||
be85a191 | 5804 | WinStruct<MENUITEMINFO> mii; |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5805 | |
5806 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5807 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5808 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5809 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5810 | ||
5811 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5812 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5813 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5814 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5815 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5816 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5817 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5818 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5819 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5820 | { | |
5821 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5822 | { | |
5823 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5824 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5825 | // menu creation code | |
5826 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5827 | ||
4193a1a4 VZ |
5828 | const wxString label(item->GetItemLabel()); |
5829 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(label.wx_str(), wxT('&')); | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5830 | while ( p++ ) |
5831 | { | |
9a83f860 | 5832 | if ( *p == wxT('&') ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5833 | { |
5834 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
9a83f860 | 5835 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, wxT('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5836 | } |
5837 | else // got the accel char | |
5838 | { | |
5839 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5840 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5841 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5842 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5843 | { |
5844 | return i; | |
5845 | } | |
5846 | else | |
5847 | { | |
5848 | // this one doesn't match | |
5849 | break; | |
5850 | } | |
5851 | } | |
5852 | } | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | } | |
e39af974 | 5855 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5856 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5857 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
9a83f860 | 5858 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5859 | } |
5860 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5861 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5862 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5863 | } | |
5864 | ||
17a04304 VZ |
5865 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
5866 | ||
5867 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent(WXUINT nMsg) | |
78c91815 | 5868 | { |
17a04304 VZ |
5869 | const wxEventType type = nMsg == WM_CUT ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT |
5870 | : nMsg == WM_COPY ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY | |
5871 | : /* nMsg == WM_PASTE */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
78c91815 VZ |
5872 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); |
5873 | ||
5874 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5875 | ||
937013e0 | 5876 | return HandleWindowEvent(evt); |
78c91815 VZ |
5877 | } |
5878 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5879 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5880 | // joystick | |
5881 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5882 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5883 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5884 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5885 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5886 | int change = 0; |
5887 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5888 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5889 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5890 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5891 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5892 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5893 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5894 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5895 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5896 | int buttons = 0; |
5897 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5898 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5899 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5900 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5901 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5902 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5903 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5904 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5905 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5906 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5907 | int joystick; | |
5908 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5909 | switch ( msg ) | |
5910 | { | |
5911 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5912 | joystick = 1; | |
5913 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5914 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5915 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5916 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5917 | joystick = 2; | |
5918 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5919 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5920 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5921 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5922 | joystick = 1; | |
5923 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5924 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5925 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5926 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5927 | joystick = 2; | |
5928 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5929 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5930 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5931 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5932 | joystick = 1; | |
5933 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5934 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5935 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5936 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5937 | joystick = 2; | |
5938 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5939 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5940 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5941 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5942 | joystick = 1; | |
5943 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5944 | break; | |
5945 | ||
5946 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5947 | joystick = 2; | |
5948 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5949 | break; | |
5950 | ||
5951 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5952 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5953 | |
08158721 | 5954 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5955 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5956 | |
42e69d6b | 5957 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
3b2f80c2 VZ |
5958 | if ( eventType == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE ) |
5959 | event.SetZPosition(x); | |
5960 | else | |
5961 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
42e69d6b | 5962 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c085e333 | 5963 | |
937013e0 | 5964 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5965 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5966 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5967 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5968 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5969 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5970 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5971 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5972 | } |
5973 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5974 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5975 | // scrolling | |
5976 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5977 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5978 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5979 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5980 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5981 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5982 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5983 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5984 | if ( child ) | |
5985 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5986 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5987 | |
9145664b | 5988 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5989 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5990 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5991 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5992 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5993 | switch ( wParam ) |
5994 | { | |
5995 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5996 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5997 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5998 | |
42e69d6b | 5999 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 6000 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 6001 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 6002 | |
42e69d6b | 6003 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 6004 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6005 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6006 | |
42e69d6b | 6007 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6008 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6009 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 6010 | |
42e69d6b | 6011 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 6012 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 6013 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6014 | |
42e69d6b | 6015 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 6016 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 6017 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 6018 | |
42e69d6b | 6019 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 6020 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6021 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
6022 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
6023 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
6024 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
6025 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
6026 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 6027 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6028 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
6029 | ||
6030 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
1ddb6d28 | 6031 | WXOrientToSB(orientation), |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6032 | &scrollInfo) ) |
6033 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 6034 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
9a83f860 | 6035 | // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6036 | } |
6037 | ||
6038 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
6039 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 6040 | |
687706f5 | 6041 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 6042 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 6043 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 6044 | break; |
c085e333 | 6045 | |
42e69d6b | 6046 | default: |
08158721 | 6047 | return false; |
564b2609 | 6048 | } |
2bda0e17 | 6049 | |
937013e0 | 6050 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
6051 | } |
6052 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
6053 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6054 | // custom message handlers | |
6055 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6056 | ||
6057 | /* static */ bool | |
6058 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6059 | { | |
6060 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
9a83f860 | 6061 | false, wxT("registering handler for the same message twice") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6062 | |
6063 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
6064 | return true; | |
6065 | } | |
6066 | ||
6067 | /* static */ void | |
6068 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
6069 | { | |
6070 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
6071 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
9a83f860 | 6072 | wxT("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); |
5acec112 VZ |
6073 | |
6074 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
6075 | } | |
6076 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6077 | // =========================================================================== |
6078 | // global functions | |
6079 | // =========================================================================== | |
6080 | ||
7a5e53ab | 6081 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 6082 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6083 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
6084 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 6085 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6086 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
6087 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
6088 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 6089 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
6090 | if ( fnt ) |
6091 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 6092 | |
42e69d6b | 6093 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 6094 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 6095 | { |
42e69d6b | 6096 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 6097 | } |
42e69d6b | 6098 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
6099 | |
6100 | if ( x ) | |
6101 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
6102 | if ( y ) | |
6103 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 6104 | |
7a5e53ab | 6105 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 6106 | } |
c085e333 | 6107 | |
0c03f52d VZ |
6108 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
6109 | // keyboard codes | |
6110 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6111 | ||
6112 | namespace wxMSWKeyboard | |
6113 | { | |
6114 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6115 | namespace |
6116 | { | |
6117 | ||
e6cef55a VZ |
6118 | // use the "extended" bit of lParam to distinguish extended keys from normal |
6119 | // keys as the same virtual key code is sent for both by Windows | |
daf9622e | 6120 | inline |
ed5bc8f1 | 6121 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) |
5004c3ad | 6122 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6123 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
6124 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
6125 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
6126 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
e6cef55a | 6127 | return !lParam || (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; |
5004c3ad JG |
6128 | } |
6129 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6130 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
0c03f52d | 6131 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX/WXToVK() below |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6132 | // |
6133 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
6134 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
daf9622e | 6135 | const struct wxKeyMapping |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6136 | { |
6137 | int vk; | |
6138 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
6139 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
6140 | { | |
6141 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
6142 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
6143 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
6144 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
6145 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
6146 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
6147 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
6148 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
6149 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
6150 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
6151 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
6152 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
6153 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
6154 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
6155 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
6156 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6157 | |
6158 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
6159 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
6160 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
6161 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
6162 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
6163 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
6164 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
6165 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
6166 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
6167 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
6168 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
6169 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
6170 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
6171 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
6172 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
6173 | ||
6174 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
6175 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
6176 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
6177 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
6178 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
6179 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
6180 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
6181 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
6182 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
6183 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
6184 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
6185 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
6186 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
6187 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
6188 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
6189 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
6190 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
6191 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
6192 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
6193 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
6194 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
6195 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
6196 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
6197 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
6198 | ||
6199 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
6200 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
6201 | ||
6202 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
6203 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
6204 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
6205 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
6206 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
6207 | }; | |
6208 | ||
daf9622e VZ |
6209 | } // anonymous namespace |
6210 | ||
5844ad30 | 6211 | int VKToWX(WXWORD vk, WXLPARAM lParam, wchar_t *uc) |
42e69d6b | 6212 | { |
5844ad30 VZ |
6213 | int wxk; |
6214 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6215 | // check the table first |
6216 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6217 | { | |
6218 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6219 | { |
6220 | wxk = gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
6221 | if ( wxk < WXK_START ) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | // Unicode code for this key is the same as its ASCII code. | |
6224 | if ( uc ) | |
6225 | *uc = wxk; | |
6226 | } | |
6227 | ||
6228 | return wxk; | |
6229 | } | |
d5c21b02 | 6230 | } |
9c7df356 | 6231 | |
d5c21b02 | 6232 | // keys requiring special handling |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6233 | switch ( vk ) |
6234 | { | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6235 | case VK_OEM_1: |
6236 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
6237 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
6238 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
6239 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
6240 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
6241 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
6242 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
6243 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
6244 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
6245 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
fc4070fc | 6246 | case VK_OEM_102: |
5844ad30 VZ |
6247 | // MapVirtualKey() returns 0 if it fails to convert the virtual |
6248 | // key which nicely corresponds to our WXK_NONE. | |
6249 | wxk = ::MapVirtualKey(vk, MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR); | |
6250 | ||
6251 | if ( HIWORD(wxk) & 0x8000 ) | |
6252 | { | |
6253 | // It's a dead key and we don't return anything at all for them | |
6254 | // as we simply don't have any way to indicate the difference | |
6255 | // between e.g. a normal "'" and "'" as a dead key -- and | |
6256 | // generating the same events for them just doesn't seem like a | |
6257 | // good idea. | |
6258 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6259 | } | |
5844ad30 | 6260 | |
033428a3 VZ |
6261 | // In any case return this as a Unicode character value. |
6262 | if ( uc ) | |
6263 | *uc = wxk; | |
6264 | ||
6265 | // For compatibility with the old non-Unicode code we continue | |
6266 | // returning key codes for Latin-1 characters directly | |
6267 | // (normally it would really only make sense to do it for the | |
6268 | // ASCII characters, not Latin-1 ones). | |
6269 | if ( wxk > 255 ) | |
6270 | { | |
6271 | // But for anything beyond this we can only return the key | |
6272 | // value as a real Unicode character, not a wxKeyCode | |
6273 | // because this enum values clash with Unicode characters | |
6274 | // (e.g. WXK_LBUTTON also happens to be U+012C a.k.a. | |
6275 | // "LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE"). | |
6276 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6277 | } |
6278 | break; | |
702c4208 | 6279 | |
5004c3ad | 6280 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 6281 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 6282 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 6283 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6284 | |
413553cc | 6285 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 6286 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 6287 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6288 | |
413553cc | 6289 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 6290 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 6291 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6292 | |
413553cc | 6293 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 6294 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 6295 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6296 | |
413553cc | 6297 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 6298 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 6299 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6300 | |
413553cc | 6301 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 6302 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 6303 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6304 | |
413553cc | 6305 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 6306 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6307 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6308 | |
413553cc | 6309 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6310 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6311 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6312 | |
413553cc | 6313 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6314 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6315 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6316 | |
413553cc | 6317 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6318 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6319 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6320 | |
ff792344 | 6321 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6322 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6323 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
e6cef55a | 6324 | wxk = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
b4c0df15 VZ |
6325 | |
6326 | if ( uc ) | |
6327 | *uc = WXK_RETURN; | |
ff792344 VZ |
6328 | break; |
6329 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6330 | default: |
5844ad30 VZ |
6331 | if ( (vk >= '0' && vk <= '9') || (vk >= 'A' && vk <= 'Z') ) |
6332 | { | |
6333 | // A simple alphanumeric key and the values of them coincide in | |
6334 | // Windows and wx for both ASCII and Unicode codes. | |
6335 | wxk = vk; | |
5844ad30 VZ |
6336 | } |
6337 | else // Something we simply don't know about at all. | |
6338 | { | |
6339 | wxk = WXK_NONE; | |
6340 | } | |
033428a3 VZ |
6341 | |
6342 | if ( uc ) | |
6343 | *uc = vk; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6344 | } |
6345 | ||
6346 | return wxk; | |
6347 | } | |
6348 | ||
0c03f52d | 6349 | WXWORD WXToVK(int wxk, bool *isExtended) |
d5c21b02 | 6350 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6351 | // check the table first |
6352 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6353 | { | |
6354 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6355 | { |
6356 | // All extended keys (i.e. non-numpad versions of the keys that | |
6357 | // exist both in the numpad and outside of it) are dealt with | |
6358 | // below. | |
6359 | if ( isExtended ) | |
6360 | *isExtended = false; | |
6361 | ||
d5c21b02 | 6362 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; |
2dcbc461 | 6363 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6364 | } |
6365 | ||
6366 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
2dcbc461 | 6367 | bool extended = false; |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6368 | WXWORD vk; |
6369 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6370 | { | |
71403278 | 6371 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
2dcbc461 | 6372 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6373 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: |
6374 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6375 | break; | |
6376 | ||
6377 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6378 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6379 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: |
6380 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6381 | break; | |
6382 | ||
6383 | case WXK_END: | |
2dcbc461 | 6384 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6385 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: |
6386 | vk = VK_END; | |
6387 | break; | |
6388 | ||
6389 | case WXK_HOME: | |
2dcbc461 | 6390 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6391 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: |
6392 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6393 | break; | |
6394 | ||
6395 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6396 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6397 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: |
6398 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6399 | break; | |
6400 | ||
6401 | case WXK_UP: | |
2dcbc461 | 6402 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6403 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: |
6404 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6405 | break; | |
6406 | ||
6407 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6408 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6409 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: |
6410 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6411 | break; | |
6412 | ||
6413 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
2dcbc461 | 6414 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6415 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: |
6416 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6417 | break; | |
6418 | ||
6419 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
2dcbc461 | 6420 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6421 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: |
6422 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6423 | break; | |
6424 | ||
6425 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
2dcbc461 | 6426 | extended = true; |
71403278 VZ |
6427 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: |
6428 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6429 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6430 | |
6431 | default: | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6432 | // no VkKeyScan() under CE unfortunately, we need to test how does |
6433 | // it handle OEM keys | |
6434 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6435 | // check to see if its one of the OEM key codes. |
6436 | BYTE vks = LOBYTE(VkKeyScan(wxk)); | |
6e3e6c8e | 6437 | if ( vks != 0xff ) |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6438 | { |
6439 | vk = vks; | |
6440 | } | |
6441 | else | |
d9fda37b | 6442 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
ad294cb8 | 6443 | { |
ad294cb8 VZ |
6444 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; |
6445 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 6446 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6447 | |
2dcbc461 VZ |
6448 | if ( isExtended ) |
6449 | *isExtended = extended; | |
6450 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6451 | return vk; |
6452 | } | |
6453 | ||
0c03f52d VZ |
6454 | } // namespace wxMSWKeyboard |
6455 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6456 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() |
6457 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6458 | { | |
d9fda37b VZ |
6459 | // SM_SWAPBUTTON is not available under CE, so don't swap buttons there |
6460 | #ifdef SM_SWAPBUTTON | |
6461 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON || vk == VK_RBUTTON ) | |
b8f434e7 | 6462 | { |
d9fda37b VZ |
6463 | if ( ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON) ) |
6464 | { | |
6465 | if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON ) | |
6466 | vk = VK_RBUTTON; | |
6467 | else // vk == VK_RBUTTON | |
6468 | vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6469 | } | |
b8f434e7 | 6470 | } |
d9fda37b VZ |
6471 | #endif // SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6472 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6473 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6474 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6475 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6476 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6477 | } |
6478 | ||
1751226c | 6479 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6480 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6481 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6482 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6483 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6484 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6485 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6486 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6487 | |
0c03f52d | 6488 | const WXWORD vk = wxMSWKeyboard::WXToVK(key); |
44353523 | 6489 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6490 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6491 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6492 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6493 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6494 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6495 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6496 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6497 | |
fdec2c05 | 6498 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6499 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6500 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6501 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6502 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6503 | } |
6504 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6505 | |
6506 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6507 | { | |
6508 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6509 | POINT pt; | |
d6c37f5b | 6510 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
7dd40b6f RD |
6511 | |
6512 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6513 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6514 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6515 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6516 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6517 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6518 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6519 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6520 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6521 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6522 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6523 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6524 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6525 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6526 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6527 | return ms; |
6528 | } | |
6529 | ||
6530 | ||
42e69d6b | 6531 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6532 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6533 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6534 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6535 | { |
dca0f651 | 6536 | return wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6537 | } |
42e69d6b | 6538 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6539 | } |
6540 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6541 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6542 | { | |
6543 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6544 | ||
6545 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6546 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6547 | // window hierarchy | |
d3b9f782 | 6548 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
8614c467 VZ |
6549 | if ( hwnd ) |
6550 | { | |
dca0f651 | 6551 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6552 | if ( !win ) |
6553 | { | |
402bacb3 | 6554 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
8614c467 VZ |
6555 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6556 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6557 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6558 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6559 | { |
7ee21e3a | 6560 | win = wxRadioBox::GetFromRadioButtonHWND(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6561 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6562 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6563 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6564 | ||
6565 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6566 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6567 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6568 | if ( !win ) |
6569 | { | |
6570 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6571 | } | |
6572 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6573 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6574 | } |
6575 | ||
6576 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6577 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6578 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6579 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6580 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6581 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6582 | // | |
6583 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6584 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6585 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6586 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6587 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6588 | { | |
6589 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6590 | break; | |
6591 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6592 | #endif |
761989ff | 6593 | |
8614c467 | 6594 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
dca0f651 | 6595 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6596 | } |
6597 | ||
6598 | return win; | |
6599 | } | |
6600 | ||
7f0586ef | 6601 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6602 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6603 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6604 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6605 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 6606 | |
23c26b99 | 6607 | int APIENTRY |
42e69d6b | 6608 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 6609 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6610 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6611 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6612 | { |
246117d4 VZ |
6613 | wchar_t uc; |
6614 | int id = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX(wParam, lParam, &uc); | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6615 | |
6616 | // Don't intercept keyboard entry (notably Escape) if a modal window | |
6617 | // (not managed by wx, e.g. IME one) is currently opened as more often | |
6618 | // than not it needs all the keys for itself. | |
5c16a699 VZ |
6619 | // |
6620 | // Also don't catch it if a window currently captures the mouse as | |
6621 | // Escape is normally used to release the mouse capture and if you | |
6622 | // really need to catch all the keys in the window that has mouse | |
6623 | // capture it can be easily done in its own EVT_CHAR handler as it is | |
6624 | // certain to have focus while it has the capture. | |
6625 | if ( !gs_modalEntryWindowCount && !::GetCapture() ) | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6626 | { |
6627 | if ( id != WXK_NONE | |
033428a3 | 6628 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 | 6629 | || static_cast<int>(uc) != WXK_NONE |
033428a3 | 6630 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6631 | ) |
6632 | { | |
3a95f73c VZ |
6633 | wxWindow const* win = wxWindow::DoFindFocus(); |
6634 | if ( !win ) | |
6635 | { | |
6636 | // Even if the focus got lost somehow, still send the event | |
6637 | // to the top level parent to allow a wxDialog to always | |
6638 | // close on Escape. | |
6639 | win = wxGetActiveWindow(); | |
6640 | } | |
246117d4 | 6641 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6642 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
6643 | MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, win); | |
c085e333 | 6644 | |
982bc2e4 | 6645 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
246117d4 | 6646 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
982bc2e4 | 6647 | event.m_uniChar = uc; |
246117d4 VZ |
6648 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE |
6649 | ||
982bc2e4 VZ |
6650 | wxEvtHandler * const handler = win ? win->GetEventHandler() |
6651 | : wxTheApp; | |
32de7d24 | 6652 | |
982bc2e4 VZ |
6653 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) |
6654 | { | |
4cf1a9bf VZ |
6655 | if ( !event.IsNextEventAllowed() ) |
6656 | { | |
6657 | // Stop processing of this event. | |
6658 | return 1; | |
6659 | } | |
982bc2e4 | 6660 | } |
42e69d6b | 6661 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6662 | } |
6663 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6664 | |
42e69d6b | 6665 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6666 | } |
cd4453e5 | 6667 | |
23c26b99 VZ |
6668 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
6669 | { | |
6670 | if ( doIt ) | |
6671 | { | |
6672 | wxTheKeyboardHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx | |
6673 | ( | |
6674 | WH_KEYBOARD, | |
6675 | (HOOKPROC)wxKeyboardHook, | |
6676 | NULL, // must be NULL for process hook | |
6677 | ::GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6678 | ); | |
6679 | if ( !wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6680 | { | |
9a83f860 | 6681 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(wxKeyboardHook)")); |
23c26b99 VZ |
6682 | } |
6683 | } | |
6684 | else // uninstall | |
6685 | { | |
6686 | if ( wxTheKeyboardHook ) | |
6687 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); | |
6688 | } | |
6689 | } | |
6690 | ||
cd4453e5 | 6691 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
4fabb575 | 6692 | |
50e08f9d | 6693 | #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4a712ba3 | 6694 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6695 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6696 | switch ( message ) |
6697 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6698 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6699 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6700 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6701 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6702 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6703 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6704 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6705 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6706 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6707 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6708 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6709 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6710 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6711 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6712 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6713 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6714 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6715 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6716 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6717 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6718 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6719 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6720 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6721 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6722 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6723 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6724 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6725 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6726 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6727 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6728 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6729 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6730 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6731 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6732 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6733 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6734 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6735 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6736 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6737 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6738 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6739 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6740 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6741 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6742 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6743 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6744 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6745 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6746 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6747 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6748 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6749 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6750 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6751 | ||
6752 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6753 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6754 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6755 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6756 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6757 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6758 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6759 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6760 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6761 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6762 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6763 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6764 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6765 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6766 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6767 | ||
6768 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6769 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6770 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6771 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6772 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6773 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6774 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6775 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6776 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6777 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6778 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6779 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6780 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6781 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6782 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6783 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6784 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6785 | |
6786 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6787 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6788 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6789 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6790 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6791 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6792 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6793 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6794 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6795 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6796 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6797 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6798 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6799 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6800 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6801 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6802 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6803 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6804 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6805 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6806 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6807 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6808 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6809 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6810 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6811 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6812 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6813 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6814 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6815 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6816 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6817 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6818 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6819 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6820 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6821 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6822 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6823 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6824 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6825 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6826 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6827 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6828 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6829 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6830 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6831 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6832 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6833 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6834 | ||
6835 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6836 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6837 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6838 | ||
6839 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6840 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6841 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6842 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6843 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6844 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6845 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6846 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6847 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6848 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6849 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb | 6850 | |
ff9b9665 VZ |
6851 | case 0x0127: return wxT("WM_CHANGEUISTATE"); |
6852 | case 0x0128: return wxT("WM_UPDATEUISTATE"); | |
6853 | case 0x0129: return wxT("WM_QUERYUISTATE"); | |
6854 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6855 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); |
6856 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6857 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6858 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6859 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6860 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6861 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6862 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6863 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6864 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6865 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6866 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6867 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6868 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6869 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6870 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6871 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6872 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6873 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6874 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6875 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6876 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6877 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6878 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6879 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6880 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6881 | ||
6882 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6883 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6884 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6885 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6886 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6887 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6888 | ||
6889 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6890 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6891 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6892 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6893 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6894 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6895 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6896 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6897 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6898 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6899 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6900 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6901 | ||
6902 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6903 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6904 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6905 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6906 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6907 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6908 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6909 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6910 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6911 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6912 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6913 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6914 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6915 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6916 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6917 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6918 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6919 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6920 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6921 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6922 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6923 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6924 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6925 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6926 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6927 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6928 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6929 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6930 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6931 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6932 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6933 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6934 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6935 | |
6936 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6937 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6938 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6939 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6940 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6941 | |
2d0a075d | 6942 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6943 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6944 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6945 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6946 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6947 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6948 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6949 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6950 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6951 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6952 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6953 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6954 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6955 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6956 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6957 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6958 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6959 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6960 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6961 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6962 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6963 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6964 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6965 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6966 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6967 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6968 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6969 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6970 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6971 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6972 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6973 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6974 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6975 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6976 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6977 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6978 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6979 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6980 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6981 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6982 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6983 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6984 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6985 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6986 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6987 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6988 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6989 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6990 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6991 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6992 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6993 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6994 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6995 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6996 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6997 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6998 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6999 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
7000 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
7001 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
7002 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
7003 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
7004 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
7005 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
7006 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
7007 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
7008 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
7009 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
7010 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
7011 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
7012 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
7013 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
7014 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
7015 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
7016 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
7017 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
7018 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
7019 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 7020 | |
2d0a075d | 7021 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7022 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
7023 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7024 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7025 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
7026 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7027 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
7028 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
7029 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
7030 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7031 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7032 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
7033 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
7034 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
7035 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
7036 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
7037 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
7038 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
7039 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
7040 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
7041 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
7042 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
7043 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7044 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
7045 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
7046 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
7047 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
7048 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
7049 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
7050 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7051 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 7052 | |
2d0a075d | 7053 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7054 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
7055 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7056 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7057 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7058 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
7059 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
7060 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
7061 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
7062 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
7063 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
7064 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7065 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7066 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7067 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
7068 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
7069 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
7070 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
7071 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 7072 | |
2d0a075d | 7073 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7074 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
7075 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7076 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
7077 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
7078 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
7079 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
7080 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
7081 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
7082 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
7083 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
7084 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
7085 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7086 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
7087 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
7088 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
7089 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
7090 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
7091 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
7092 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
7093 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
7094 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
7095 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7096 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7097 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
7098 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
7099 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
7100 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 7101 | |
2d0a075d | 7102 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7103 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
7104 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
7105 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
7106 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
7107 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
7108 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
7109 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
7110 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
7111 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
7112 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
7113 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
7114 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
7115 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
7116 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
7117 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
7118 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
7119 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
7120 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
7121 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
7122 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
7123 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
7124 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
7125 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
7126 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
7127 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
7128 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
7129 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7130 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
7131 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
7132 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7133 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
7134 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
7135 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
7136 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
7137 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
7138 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
7139 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
7140 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
7141 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
7142 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
7143 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
7144 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
7145 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
7146 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
7147 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
7148 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7149 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
7150 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7151 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
7152 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
7153 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
7154 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
7155 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
7156 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
7157 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
7158 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 7159 | |
42e69d6b | 7160 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
7161 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
7162 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
7163 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 7164 | } |
47cbd6da | 7165 | } |
4b6a582b | 7166 | #endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2 |
4aff28fc | 7167 | |
1e6feb95 | 7168 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
7169 | { |
7170 | // prepare the DC | |
7171 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
7172 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
7173 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
7174 | ||
7175 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7176 | // and select the current font into it | |
7177 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
7178 | if ( hfont ) | |
7179 | { | |
7180 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7181 | } | |
7182 | #endif | |
7183 | ||
7184 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
7185 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
7186 | ||
7187 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
7188 | // and clean up | |
7189 | if ( hfont ) | |
7190 | { | |
7191 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
7192 | } | |
7193 | #endif | |
7194 | ||
7195 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
7196 | ||
7197 | return tm; | |
7198 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
7199 | |
7200 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
7201 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 7202 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 7203 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
7204 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
7205 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
7206 | } |
7207 | ||
7208 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
7209 | { | |
7210 | POINT pt2; | |
7211 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
7212 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 7213 | |
ab3eae34 | 7214 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
e18a74e2 VZ |
7215 | if ( hWnd ) |
7216 | { | |
7217 | // WindowFromPoint() ignores the disabled children but we're supposed | |
7218 | // to take them into account, so check if we have a child at this | |
7219 | // coordinate. | |
7220 | ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt2); | |
7221 | hWnd = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx(hWnd, pt2, CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE); | |
7222 | } | |
3723b7b1 | 7223 | |
ab3eae34 | 7224 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7225 | } |
7226 | ||
7227 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
7228 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
7229 | { | |
1772ead0 | 7230 | POINT pt; |
d6c37f5b | 7231 | wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt); |
5cd16c0c | 7232 | |
1772ead0 | 7233 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
7234 | } |
7235 | ||
5048c832 | 7236 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 7237 | |
afafd942 JS |
7238 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7239 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
7240 | { | |
7241 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
7242 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
7243 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
7244 | ||
7245 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
9a83f860 | 7246 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(wxT("coredll.dll")); |
afafd942 JS |
7247 | if (hCoreDll) |
7248 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7249 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, wxT("UnregisterFunc1")); |
afafd942 JS |
7250 | if (procUnregisterFunc) |
7251 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
7252 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
7253 | } | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | #endif | |
7256 | ||
540b6b09 | 7257 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
7258 | { |
7259 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7260 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
7261 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
7262 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
7263 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
7264 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
7265 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
7266 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
7267 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
7268 | ||
afafd942 JS |
7269 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7270 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
7271 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
7272 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
7273 | #endif | |
7274 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7275 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
7276 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7277 | wxLogLastError(wxT("RegisterHotKey")); |
5048c832 | 7278 | |
08158721 | 7279 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7280 | } |
7281 | ||
08158721 | 7282 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7283 | } |
7284 | ||
7285 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
7286 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
7287 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
7288 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
7289 | #endif | |
7290 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
7291 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
7292 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7293 | wxLogLastError(wxT("UnregisterHotKey")); |
540b6b09 | 7294 | |
08158721 | 7295 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
7296 | } |
7297 | ||
08158721 | 7298 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
7299 | } |
7300 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
7301 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
7302 | ||
5048c832 JS |
7303 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
7304 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
7305 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); |
7306 | ||
b6885972 VZ |
7307 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, HIWORD(lParam))); |
7308 | event.SetId(wParam); | |
5048c832 JS |
7309 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; |
7310 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
7311 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
7312 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 | 7313 | |
937013e0 | 7314 | return HandleWindowEvent(event); |
5048c832 | 7315 | } |
540b6b09 | 7316 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
7317 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
7318 | ||
540b6b09 | 7319 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 7320 | |
550049c2 | 7321 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 7322 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 7323 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7324 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
7325 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
7326 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
7327 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
7328 | // dispatching otherwise | |
7329 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
7330 | { | |
d79df32c | 7331 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 7332 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 7333 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7334 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
7335 | ( |
7336 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
7337 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
7338 | NULL, | |
7339 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
7340 | ); | |
d79df32c | 7341 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7342 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
7343 | { | |
9a83f860 | 7344 | wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); |
550049c2 VZ |
7345 | |
7346 | return false; | |
7347 | } | |
7348 | ||
7349 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 7350 | } |
550049c2 | 7351 | |
3a3c8603 | 7352 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 7353 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
7354 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
7355 | } | |
550049c2 | 7356 | |
3a3c8603 | 7357 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 7358 | { |
3a3c8603 | 7359 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
7360 | |
7361 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
7362 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
7363 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
7364 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 7365 | { |
550049c2 | 7366 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 7367 | } |
550049c2 | 7368 | |
3a3c8603 | 7369 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 7370 | } |
550049c2 | 7371 | |
d79df32c | 7372 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 7373 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
7374 | |
7375 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 7376 | }; |
d79df32c | 7377 | |
550049c2 VZ |
7378 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
7379 | ||
7380 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7381 | ||
7382 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7383 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7384 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7385 | ||
7386 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7387 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7388 | { | |
7389 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
7390 | { | |
7391 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7392 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7393 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7394 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7395 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7396 | while (current) | |
7397 | { | |
7398 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7399 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7400 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7401 | } | |
7402 | } | |
7403 | #endif | |
7404 | ||
7405 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7406 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7407 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7408 | { | |
7409 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7410 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7411 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7412 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7413 | event.Skip(); |
7414 | } | |
7415 | #endif |